How to get Elected | Full Text

Preface

In 2013, I had been a Borough Councillor for six years. I was representing a mixed rural and market town Ward near Tewkesbury in Gloucestershire and had also been Chair of the Council’s Licensing Committee or Local Licensing Authority since the beginning of my second term in 2011.

Since being a teenager, I’d always seen politics as a way to achieve something better for everyone. However, I’d also been aware of the way that ‘democracy’ had appeared to work in the UK and had opted to join and run and work with a political party.

That September, in a decision which felt instant but had been several years in the making, I finally accepted that British politics is fundamentally broken.

That the party-political system in the UK is rotten to the core.

That no matter how genuine the reasons for getting involved in politics, representing any political party today requires elected public representatives who are aligned with political parties to forget any obligation to prioritise the best interests of their Electors.

That there is a de facto requirement to ignore opportunities to deliver public policy which will consider and ultimately be of benefit to all.

Knowing that my decision to leave my political group would almost certainly result in losing my seat in the next round of Elections for that Authority in 2015, because of the way things work and how I felt at that time, I went ahead and did so anyway. My role as a Councillor was never just about ‘me’ or the political party, after all.

The period of time since I left active politics has continued to provide me with good opportunity for reflection.

Whilst I find frustration at every turn as I look at the public realm, I recognise that politics is still a good place to observe, to watch and yes – a place to learn.

Learning is after all the first and biggest step to making a difference to anyone’s life experience – not least of all our own.

Today, although many of us have no idea how, we also know that one way or another, things simply have to change. That there really could be something far better for us all. And that the Politicians who are currently in charge should either be showing considerably more concern or should simply be replaced.

No matter the political party, tribe or leaning that they have, an increasing number of people are thinking about the possibility of seeking election to one or more of the Tiers of Government in the UK. As the way to make that difference. As the way to do something tangible and deliver that ‘how’.

If I was now in that very same position, but without the experience of British politics that I now possess, I know that I would be grateful for the opportunity to speak to someone who was prepared to help me. To hear a helpful voice that would honestly tell me what I could expect. What I really needed to consider, and what I could do to help myself with my aim and wish to help others as a campaigner and as a good politician and public representative as I campaign for election and then begin to fulfil my responsibilities once elected.

In early 2018 I wrote and published the e-book for Kindle ‘How to get Elected’ as the conversation that I would like to have.

Now, in early 2025, I feel that the political and government environment has changed sufficiently enough that the original work could do with an update, and that it might help more if How to get Elected were to be made available in more ways.

How to get Elected offers a guide, suggestions, ideas and the benefit of experience to those seeking election, either completely without help, or with minimal support or guidance from an established political party that will never be as invested in the community, in the same way a dedicated public representative can and should always be.

I hope that it will offer anyone considering this pathway to help others and our communities and perhaps be the political mentor to them that I never had.

Adam Tugwell

February 2025

Introduction

If you are thinking about running in a UK Election, How to get Elected could be for you

It feels like the political world has gone completely mad.

‘They don’t know what they are on about’ is a thought that most of us will share, the moment we start thinking about today’s politicians. 

Whilst we may not choose to say it openly and loud, few will disagree with the idea that our political classes are out of touch and pretty much ‘in it for themselves’ – even where they represent a political party that we may have voted for unquestioningly at every election, for all of our lives.

As you are here and reading this page, we can be reasonably certain that you are either

  1. A political anorak (yes, they really do exist) or
  2. Thinking seriously enough about running for an elected office that you are beginning to do some research.

Whilst the political anoraks are very welcome here, ‘How to get Elected’ has been written with helping anyone from group ‘b’ firmly in mind.

It doesn’t matter where your loyalties lie, or whatever political philosophy you might follow. If you really want to hold the responsibility and fulfill the gift of trust that comes with being elected by members of the public, there is a process which alone and on your own you will almost certainly need to follow. A process that will also help you to succeed and become a good representative of the people, once you have been elected and taken your seat.

Getting elected sounds very simple. But for most, the reality is very different.

It’s very easy to make mistakes, lose motivation, get sidetracked or distracted and then find yourself waiting perhaps 4 years or even longer for another opportunity to make the contribution to the community that you may now be seeking.

In the form of this book, I will cover and discuss all of the key issues, considerations and actions that you would normally have to take to get yourself elected without the help of an organised political party, whilst keeping yourself in the running and out of trouble with everyone else and politicians who may have much more experience of the ‘political system’, as you do.

There are no guarantees in politics.

If you do everything that you possibly can to the best of your ability and spend every available minute doing so between now and your next opportunity to get elected, it is still possible that someone else will get there first.

That’s just the way it is in politics today.

It’s a reality that you must accept and be respectful of as you work on, develop and deliver your strategy and plan.

Hopefully, you are here because you sincerely believe in and want to make the most effective contribution that you can in delivering ‘something better’ for all. 

I wish you every success with your worthy aims. We have never needed genuinely selfless and considerate politicians more than we do right now, and especially those who are prepared to make every effort to make their responsibility count.

What is ‘How to get Elected’?

How to get Elected began as a website, which has evolved into an eBook for those thinking about running in public elections in the UK, primarily as independent or ‘non-aligned’ candidates.

How to get Elected is also for members of political parties who are aiming to do the very best that they can on behalf of their constituencies, wards, divisions and the electors that they represent too.

Whilst pages are dedicated to talking about getting elected as an MP and the issues that surround setting up a new political party, these are not the primary focus of this Book.

How to get Elected is here to focus upon the areas of politics where right now, anyone who is motivated enough, has enough self-belief, courage of their convictions and is ready to listen and consider the opinion of others, really can begin to make a difference for their local community, if they so choose. 

The places where real differences can and are ready to be made are Parish & Town Councils, Borough & District Councils, County Councils and Unitary Authorities. What we collectively call Local Government.

How to get Elected has been written to help you plan, campaign and ultimately provide good representation, so that you can positively influence the things that local authorities do.

Good luck.

Part 1 – What you should know and do before you decide to run

1.    Age & Eligibility to become a Candidate

The basic formal requirements to become an official candidate and run for a local council are as follows. 

To be eligible, you must be:

  • A British or a citizen of the Commonwealth or European Union
  • At least 18 years old
  • Registered to vote in the area or have lived, worked or owned property there for at least 12 months before an election

Legal eligibility is often considered to be the only real factor preventing anyone from running as an independent candidate in a local election.

The political parties have their own selection processes and you can read more about those later when we will discuss joining a political party.

Whether or not you are ready to take on the responsibility of being a councillor is a question that only you can answer.

It is as likely that a candidate of 18 years of age could be a brilliant community representative within a multi-seat parish or town council ward. Whilst another, aged 38, could be the poorest choice possible for a single-seat county council division.

If you are unsure about your choice or decision, it might be useful to seek the unbiased opinion of others.

You might also take some time to think about the life skills and experience that you will bring to the role.

Being a good councillor is not just about being passionate about issues and public speaking alone.

To be a good public representative, you must be able to put yourself in the position of others and then relate that experience within the bigger setting. It will be necessary for you to communicate arguments and where possible, solutions too which will need to be objective and considerate of different views if they are to really make a difference to the people you will be representing.

Having experience from as many different areas of life as possible, where you have already interacted comfortably with as many different kinds of people as you can will help you to do this.

Being able to have a conversation with someone experiencing a housing problem one minute and then walking into a meeting with the council’s chief executive officer to discuss something completely different the next is a real possibility.

You must have both the confidence AND the flexibility to be who you will need to be, exactly when you need to be it.

2.    Ask yourself, is Politics really for me?

Even though everybody seems to hate politicians, politics can appear to be a very glamorous place when you are thinking, “It would be different if it was me’.

Also, it’s not unusual to like the idea of having power. So, when we want power very much, politics really can seem like the best place to be.

Hopefully, you will be one of the growing numbers who will be ticking ‘none of the above’.

That’s great.

The problem is that many of the people who have not become involved in politics to serve the better interests of people and our communities are motivated in very shallow and selfish ways.

There are plenty of them too. And that means the presence of a self-serving mentality can create an unpleasant working environment for people who are there for genuine reasons and care about the impact and consequences of everything that they do.

As a good politician, you should never take things personally. But you must also be aware that plenty of other politicians already do.

That means you could easily find yourself feeling victimized. You might even feel threatened by others in what seems to be a very personal way, just because you are doing your best and doing what you do.

Making complaints to appropriate authorities is now encouraged as a politician. And if you feel threatened, you always should do so.

But it is also important to understand that even threats and bad behaviour of this kind come at different levels and can present itself to even highly experienced politicians in many different ways. Some of which are very subtle and not that easy to define.

Odd as it may seem, anger leveled against anyone in politics can be quite innocent. It may just be the result of your achievements having upset someone who in some way sees your success as being their loss.

It never is. But you will certainly struggle to get anyone who is that small-minded to see it that way!

If you can see yourself managing to keep going when others appear to want to do everything possible to make you quit, and you can do so whilst also keeping a smile on your face and continuing to do the best that it is possible for you to do, the rough and tough of politics might just be suitable for you.

3.    Success in Politics is NEVER guaranteed

I know I am right! 

I can do much better than the people there now! 

I can provide a real voice for voters!

These are all views which will sound familiar to anyone who has run in a public election in the UK and may be very much along the lines or exactly how you are feeling about the prospect of becoming a politician right now.

Unfortunately, you are not alone.

Just in the election you plan to fight, there may be many others.

The others may be members of political parties with all kinds of support.

Other candidates may have been elected many times before. They may even be considered publicly to be ‘successful’.

One of the most difficult and frustrating aspects of running for a publicly elected office is the competition that you will face.

Even if you are 100% certain of the justification and righteous nature of your campaign, and why you are the best person to have that role, it doesn’t mean that the people you are asking to vote for you will ‘get it’. Indeed, to many people, you may be seen to simply be very wrong.

As in most things, perception is everything in politics. How you are perceived as a candidate by the people you are asking to elect you will ultimately reflect their choice.

Regrettably, no matter how credible you may be as a candidate, your importance to voters may be something that is simply not yours to influence.

Only so much of getting elected is about the work you do, the words you say and the effort you make – even when you do much more or really are a better option than every other candidate.

Party Politics plays a regrettable, yet significant part of what will happen on any Election Day when you are a Candidate. So, if the Election you are fighting falls on the wrong day – for instance you are running for your local district council on the same day that there is a General Election, the results of the local election you are fighting might well be dictated by the national poll – just the very same.

Yes, it’s wrong.

No, it’s not fair.

But it’s how politics works in the UK and one of the most important things you can do to help yourself emotionally before you make a start, is understand and accept that your success within the political world is played out very much like a game.

If you don’t understand the rules or are not willing to work with them, you would be very wise to decide not to play this game.

4.    It’s not about you

Many of the key failures in UK politics today can be attributed to the egos of politicians.

If you’ve already talked to other people about the perception of those in political office, it’s almost certain that you will have heard someone say that having a big ego is part of what being a politician is about.

Put simply, politics isn’t or rather shouldn’t be about having an ego.

It just looks that way because that’s how politics has got itself into the mess that it’s in today.

Yes, a good politician needs to be confident. Yes, a good politician needs to have guts. Yes, a good politician must be prepared to say things that some people may not be very happy to hear.

But if you are going to represent other people openly, honestly and with motivation, that is all about what’s best for them, you will need to use these skills and abilities with honesty, integrity and with the common good in mind at all times.

There is a distinct difference between someone drawing attention to themselves unintentionally as they make an argument on behalf of others, and someone who is grandstanding purely for the benefit they perceive they will receive for themselves.

Oddly enough, when you do things and are supported for the right reasons, the detail rarely gets overlooked.

This is an integral part of becoming a good constituency councillor and is a skill that will quickly define you amongst your peers as someone who is looking to get the right results.

If you are always true to your electors, you will make allies in places you would not normally expect, and when it comes to really making a difference, they could provide the support that you really need.

Yes, big egos do get people elected and regrettably to very high office too. But a poor politician’s personal gain is very much the electorate’s loss.

Shallow politicians will only ever deliver shallow policies, no matter how good they try to sound or how good they might look.

If you are and can be true to the best interests of the people who elect you, no matter what adversity or distractions should come your way, you will always be successful as a politician. Even if the results of your battles don’t always appear to go your way.

REMEMBER: it’s not about you. Getting elected is all about what’s best for the people who are going to vote for you and everyone within your constituency, once you have successfully been elected.

5.    Once you are in Politics, your footprints will follow you wherever you go

With the Internet now available to almost everyone on their phone, and public records of almost every kind now being made transparently available wherever they are located, it is inevitable that we all now create a footprint with everything we do publicly.

Whilst I will discuss communication, social media and media relations later, it is important to understand just how far reaching any news of your public activities can and will be.

Whether right or wrong, good or bad; people you meet socially, prospective employers, admission committees, people you might want to date, and many others besides will have easy access to any material that features your name and activities, that has found its way on to the Internet.

What will find its way on to ‘the net’?

For the purposes of making a decision about whether to campaign and run to become a politician, it would be sensible to consider everything – YES EVERYTHING you do and say to anyone as having the potential to find its way into the public realm.

For a start, that will include:

  • Anything you say in public
  • Anything you say to anyone about what you are doing, or what you have planned
  • E-mails (Nothing should be considered private or personal – even if you state that its content is confidential)
  • Pictures
  • Articles which mention you in newspapers and/or online news pages
  • Public Records (Nomination papers, interests, voting history, attendance, comments etc.)
  • Blogs
  • Social media posts (Please be aware that as soon as you are a candidate or have told anyone that you are likely to be, the chances that anyone reading your posts will screen shot anything they believe can be used to trip you up will increase rapidly!)
  • Any other form of digital communication including but not limited to WhatsApp, Telegram and any other form of group or direct messaging that might be shared in future – even if that seems unlikely because you trust those you are communicating with at the time.

Anything political can be divisive.

Politics creates barriers or walls in relationships that would otherwise be perfect (Take Brexit and the Remainers vs Leavers as a very real example).

We have no control over how anyone will react to the position we take on anything politically. Because it is possible for each and every one of us to feel so passionate about our beliefs that we can feel automatically opposed to any alternative viewpoint.

It takes a lot of thought and a deep level of self-awareness for anyone to see the opinions of others as an outward expression of the private person that another person is.

It is challenging for many to understand and accept that political expression is not personal and is not usually leveled against them personally in any way.

As a rule, we should always treat politicians and their views as being of no threat to us personally.

Regrettably, that’s not how many people think or feel able to think today, and that means it becomes necessary to be aware of what the worst could be that anyone might think of us, and what that could mean.

If you can be objective in politics, you will always know it is possible to win. But you have very limited influence on how others will perceive you or your past.

Going forward, it is therefore essential to always do the right thing.

Politics can be a very unfriendly place. If you have any information about you which is already out there on ‘the net’, which you would potentially find embarrassing, difficult to explain or might be seen by some as a way to hurt you for their own purposes, think very carefully about whether you want to expose yourself to emotional pain in that way.

6.    The downside of having a public profile

When we are young, it is not uncommon to imagine what it would be like to be famous, and to be recognised wherever we go. 

Some of us make it a life aim to be famous and well known.

Some find fame or a high-profile arrives as a consequence of the job or jobs that we choose to do. 

What we don’t realise when we covet the idea of being well known publicly is that it can have as many negative consequences for us as positive ones, and possibly a whole lot more besides. 

Whilst you may not be thinking about becoming our next Prime Minister, it is important to be aware that as soon as you begin campaigning to get yourself elected, you will become known publicly by people you don’t already know – and almost certainly by people who don’t agree with some or perhaps everything that you have to say. 

Politics solicits very different reactions from people in a way which can make someone you thought you knew very well seem like they are a complete stranger.

You could easily lose friends by getting involved in politics, simply because different political viewpoints often thrive on building stereotypes based on the political opinions of others. 

We don’t have to look far to see this today. You will almost certainly know some people who voted leave and others who voted remain in the European Referendum in June 2016 which has resulted in the so-called ‘Brexit’. 

No matter how careful you are in what you say, write or discuss publicly with others, there will always be some who will automatically view you as being an enemy, from the moment you go public and tell people that you want to be a politician. 

Some will never see you as a normal person again and will only ever see you in the light of any public office that you attain, or the campaign you have run as you try to get there. 

It is wrong for people to view politicians they don’t ‘identify’ with in this way.

But if you are going to go forward and seek election with your eyes wide open, you must accept that people will automatically judge you and be ready to judge you on the basis of everything you do. 

You do not get the choice over what people can judge you for either.

Once you step into the public spotlight, it is essential that you consider everything you do to be fair game and a source of information that can be used for some political purpose by someone else, AT ANY TIME.

REMEMBER: You are always on duty the moment you step into the public eye.

7.    Being a politician can be very frustrating

As you go up the Tiers of Government, the more politics and an ongoing war of ideas will become apparent with almost everything you do.

As elected seats become part of much bigger local authority areas where there might be 30 or more councillors ‘sitting’ from different political groups, your vote can also feel very insignificant too.

This is especially the case if you are fighting against policy which is being promoted by a political group which has a controlling majority on the council but doesn’t even have a representative in the area you represent.

However, there are many positives – if you are prepared and willing to focus your energies on what you CAN do.

What you can ALWAYS do as a councillor typically revolves around directly helping the people you represent within your Ward or Division, and fighting to make sure that issues you do not appear to win are nonetheless raised, debated and recorded on the public record, so that your electors can see and know that you have done all that could be done.

8.    Seek unbiased opinion on whether running for a Council Seat is a good idea

OK, so this sounds like stating the obvious.

But is it really?

To be elected successfully, your preparation begins the moment you start thinking about what you have to do to get elected – and what you are going to do once you have been elected – if and when you get there.

In the first instance, you need to decide if your approach and the ideas that you have – your ‘platform’, are going to resonate with enough people to give you a fighting chance of success when election day arrives – and you should be doing this right now, before you even think about starting any kind of campaign.

For many of us, the first thing we do with an idea like running in an election, is immediately go and seek the advice of friends, family and our loved ones.

Yes, we always need the encouragement of those close to us. But the people we know well who care about us have a habit of being biased – and not always for the best.

Their opinion could easily set you on an unfruitful pathway to a lot of avoidable heartache and hard work. Or alternatively turn you away from doing something which could ultimately prove to be very positive and beneficial for everyone else.

More often than not, people who are close to us will tell us what they think we want to hear – and in politics, that really doesn’t help anyone.

If you’ve identified issues upon which you can base a good campaign, talk to people who could vote for you and who are outside of your normal social group and ask them what they think of what you have to say.

Don’t grandstand and roll out impromptu speeches to anyone who will listen. That will just annoy them and make you look little more than a fool.

Ask questions; see how people feel. Discover why their experiences have made them think in a particular way.

Find out what the different experience from their choice would look and feel like.

It will not take many conversations with different people to tell you whether you might be going the right way.

What is more, you are likely to gain even further insight into the perspectives of others that could well support and develop your own thoughts and arguments.

SUGGESTIONS:

  • DON’T tell people who are strangers what you are thinking about doing, or why you are asking the questions. You will draw unnecessary attention to yourself before you have even decided if you want to see the process through – and may even break Electoral Law by doing so.
  • DO take the opportunity to speak to everyone you can. Everyone likes to feel their opinion is valued and you will soon become aware of common themes and facts that deserve greater focus. What is more, every conversation is a step nearer to being comfortable talking to anyone in any situation – a prerequisite for becoming a good and respected politician.

9.    Running for Council as an Independent or ‘Non-Aligned’ Candidate

How to get Elected was written with people in mind who want to run as Independent, ‘Non-Aligned’ or what we should perhaps start calling ‘Open’ Candidates.  

Some people will make a very clear argument of the benefits of joining a political party before becoming a candidate.

Being ‘independent’ and appearing to be alone in politics can immediately sound like a very lonely place.

When you look at how democratic decisions are typically made by a majority of votes, seeming to be a councilor on your own can also look like it will be a very isolated place where you have the power to influence very little – especially when a large political group may appear to be in control.

I say ‘appear to be in control’, because looks are often very deceiving. It has regrettably become the case that in most of our Councils and even in our Parliament too, the power sits with the people or person at the top of a hierarchy.

‘Junior’ councillors belonging to a political party therefore have perhaps even less influence than an Independent, and as such are very much restricted in what they can really do.

The unspoken truth is that whilst political parties were at some point created in order to ‘get things done’, they have long since passed their point of being able to achieve any real good.

Political parties are some of the least democratic organisations that now exist.

It’s all good if the people or person at the top of a political party know what they are doing.

But the political parties themselves exist only to secure their own futures.

That means political parties don’t have room for anyone becoming a politician ‘wearing their colours’ who has a genuine, public centered desire and motivation to get things done.

Sadly, genuinely good and well-intended people who do get through candidate selection and then get elected, will soon have a very difficult time with their political party if they do not ‘toe the line’.

This isn’t to say that councils and publicly elected bodies don’t do anything democratically.

It’s just what they do and what they appear to achieve will rarely be all that it seems.

As an independent councillor, you can ALWAYS represent the best interests of the people who elected you without any requirement to defer to some bigger plan or idea that may not actually be in the best interests of the people you represent at all. 

Regrettably, some of the decisions made by a local authority may not even be in the best interests of all the people living in the area, which is under the council’s control, when that council is controlled by a political group – no matter how many wards or divisions that there might be.

Being independent will give you the opportunity to work with others to achieve results which will be beneficial for all, whilst allowing you to stay true to your responsibilities to the people who elected you.

On the rare occasion when an issue is very specific to the ward, division or constituency that you represent, you will have nothing stopping you from going the right way for your residents – even if every other councillor votes another way. 

Being a member of a political party will mean you cannot do this at the times when it will really count.

In principle, the idea of political parties has its benefit in bringing like-minded politicians together, in order to get things done. 

But this process is not restricted to political parties alone. Ultimately, if you have your priorities right and are ready to remain true to what you are aiming to do, you can group up or vote with anyone, at the times when they are looking at solutions to problems and developing policy in the same way that you do too.

With us all now being in times of great uncertainty, independently minded politicians who are not tied to the ideologies and political philosophies of the political parties that exist today, may well be a big step towards the solution to all the problems that we have.

However, for independents to achieve the results that we already need and for them to deliver the change that will almost certainly be required to come, independents will need to be open to working proactively and grouped alongside others in order to succeed. Open to the differences in experiences and therefore the ideas that we all have. Open to putting what’s right for others before what is right just for them. Open to a new way of working together with others which delivers on aspirations and facilitates the development of a new way of government working which is open, transparent and delivers the kind of life experience for all that we all would want to see.

Change has to start somewhere, and more of us being elected to our councils as independents will soon encourage and help others to consider their options and to then decide to join with others, work with others and perhaps create a new beginning in UK politics too.

10.                   Which Local Authority should I run for?

If you’ve decided that you want to become a councillor, but are not sure of where you could achieve most, help others in the way you would like, or potentially achieve the biggest impact, it would be worth considering the roles and responsibilities of the different Tiers of Government, and what work Parish & Town Councils, Borough & District Councils, County Councils and Unitary Authorities do.

Many people think of all councils being or doing the same thing.

In some cases, where there are unitary authorities, they basically are.

Otherwise, if you want to influence things in a particular way it is important to know where each local authority’s responsibilities lie.

If you are already an activist, your decision may be much easier. For instance, if you feel your community needs far more dog and litter bins, you are most likely to influence this by becoming a member of your local Parish or Town Council – if one exists in your area.

If you are fed up with building on the green belt or on flood plains, being elected to your local Borough or District Council – where Planning Decisions are made, will be your best step.

If tackling potholes is your thing, it will be your County Council.

11.                   Where is it easiest to get Elected?

If you are asking yourself where it is easiest to get elected, you may be thinking about politics for the wrong reasons.

Being entrusted with a publicly elected office is a great responsibility. One which everyone standing for election should take VERY seriously indeed.

If taking the time and making the effort to secure enough votes to win an election sounds like too much work for you, 4 or 5 years with the responsibility of fighting for what’s in the best interests of your electorate certainly will be.

12.                   How much work will it take to get Elected?

Very few candidates find running in elections easy.

Being a candidate is usually a lot of work – if you are taking the prospect of being elected seriously.

The hard work often begins long before the election itself is called.

Some elections are not contested. When this happens, and you are the only candidate, or there are the same or a lower number of candidates including you standing for election than the number of seats available for the Ward or Division, you become ‘Elected’ without having to actually run a campaign.

Non contested elections happen more regularly at Parish & Town level, where interest in becoming a councillor varies, and there can be a number of seats representing a Parish or Town Ward.

However, non-contested elections do happen at Borough and District level frequently too, and it is technically possible to be elected without contest as a Member of Parliament, if nobody decides to stand against you!

It is sensible to expect that an Election will always be contested and prepare on the basis that if you are going to win, then you will have to run a good campaign and fight very hard for votes.

As a candidate, the amount of work necessary to win a seat will in many ways be based upon the number of electors there will be for your Ward or Division on the Electoral Roll, coupled with its physical size and location.

The number of electors is fewest for a Parish or Town Council Ward and will increase as you go up the Tiers of Government.

In real terms, if you want to meet everyone personally who you are likely to represent if elected, you will have a greater chance of this if you run for a Parish or Town Council Seat.

The bigger the area a seat covers, the more help you will need to reach everyone and once you reach County or Unitary level authorities, direct contact with every voter will be almost impossible to achieve.

It is important to also be aware that as you go up the Tiers of Government, the level of politics increases too, and this can have a considerable impact on the type of campaign you will need to run and how much effort you will need to make in communicating your messages to the people who you will be asking to trust and elect you.

Part 2 – The things you need to know

13. Whenever the Election is – you need to get started – NOW!

When you have access to all the information about the next local elections in your area, it will be easy to see the election process itself as being between the date that the election is officially called – which is usually at the end of the March before the election, and Election Day itself, which is usually the first Thursday in the May of that year.  

This period – between the date when the Election is ‘called’ and the day of the Election is the formal campaign period, when all political and electoral activity must be carried out under the requirements set down by the Electoral Commission under Electoral Law.

There are very specific rules about what you can do, say and the amount of money you can spend on your campaign during this period, and I will come back to this later.

What you shouldn’t do is fall into the trap of thinking the only time that anyone is running for an election, is during the formal election period itself.

Anyone who is going to get elected and then get re-elected as a good councillor will understand and respect the fact that everything they do has the potential to have an impact on the result of the next election.

However, what a good community representative will not do, is only focus on doing things that they believe will get and keep them elected – as regrettably most of today’s politicians sadly do.

Yes, there is a difference.

You should be under no illusion that if you do your job well and always keep the best interests of the people you represent – or aim to represent firmly in mind at all times, you will gain the support of people you didn’t even expect.

That way, even when you don’t achieve the results that you might have hoped for, in terms of doing what’s right and maintaining your integrity and the relationship you have with your electors, you will always win.

So, whether the next election you can run in is this coming May or is in a year, two years or even three years’ time, if you are committed to representing local people and doing what’s right, your work needs to begin right now.

14. Get to know your local Democratic Services Department

We all love to hate our local councils (At least until we are part of them!). 

But whatever the council you hope to be elected to represent by your Ward or Division, it is essential that you get to know the role of the Democratic Services Department at your local District Level Authority, which takes responsibility for managing ALL Elections in your area.

Your local District Level Authority or Council will usually but not always be known as a Borough, District or City Council, unless it is a Unitary Authority, in which it could be a County or perhaps a Metropolitan Borough or similar.

This will be the same local authority which collects the Council Tax for residents in the area where you are planning to run to be elected.

All the information you need about who to contact, the name of the Monitoring Officer (which is very important if you should experience a problem during your official campaign) and the timetables you will need to keep to, will be available on this specific council’s website.

The website should also provide the address where you will need to attend to submit your Nomination Papers, provide information on how and when you can obtain your Candidate Pack, and also advise upon how you make an appointment to do so (Your Nomination Papers will need to be checked to make sure they are ‘valid’ – and it’s very important that you give yourself enough time to re-do them if there’s a problem!).

It is very easy to think of the Council as being in some way against you as a new candidate. But the Officers you will meet and interact with as a candidate may well be the same as the ones you will have lots of dealings with very quickly if you successfully become an Elected Member.

As such, it is in your mutual interests to have a positive and professional relationship, even at this stage.

Whenever the next election for your Parish, Town, Borough, District, City or Unitary authority might be, if you are going to run, you must keep up to date with all the information that your local Democratic Services Department makes available.

15. The Tiers of Government – an overview

One of the things people often overlook is that there is a series of different Local, Regional and Central Government Authorities to which anyone eligible can be Elected as a Member, and they all have responsibility for different parts and areas of government or public service delivery.

Once you begin campaigning, you will quickly come to realise that many voters do not understand the structure of government and where responsibility for different public services is held.

The structure of Government can be confusing for many reasons, and this is why it is important for you to understand:

  1. What the authority you wish to be elected to itself does, and
  2. What all the other authorities covering the same area do – as you may quickly find yourself needing to contact them.

The different authorities are known as the Tiers of Government. Because they overlap, literally on top of each other in the same geographical area.

It is currently possible for a voter to have different elected representatives representing them at up to 5 different levels, depending upon the local structure of government and where the responsibilities for any specific geographical areas lie.

The Tiers of Government are:

  1. Parish & Town Councils
  2. Borough & District Councils (District Level Authorities)
  3. County Councils
  4. Unitary Authorities (an amalgamation of the responsibilities of 1 and/or 2 & 3)
  5. City & Regional Mayors
  6. Parliament (The Westminster Parliament, headed by The Prime Minister)

16. Parish & Town Councils

Arguably the most accessible form of Government in the UK today is local Parish and Town Councils.

Parish and Town Councils are also the most diverse local authorities, in terms of their size, the regularity of when they meet, their budget, and the assets and activities which they have responsibility for.

Parish & Town Councils typically only exist within rural or countryside Boroughs or Districts and they often hold responsibility for the area around and including a Village, a definable/outlying area of a Town or a group of very small Villages or Hamlets (Parish), or alternatively an area known as a Town which itself is not big enough demographically (have enough people living there or registered to vote) to qualify as a Borough or District in government terms.

The responsibilities of Parish & Town Councils typically include:

  • Community Assets (Which includes village halls, town halls, public toilets, other community buildings, playing fields, parks, green spaces etc., which have belonged to the parish/town historically OR have been ‘adopted’ as a result of development)
  • Litter Bins (Paying for their purchase and installation, choosing the site etc.)
  • Dog Bins (Paying for their purchase and installation, choosing the site etc.)
  • Benches (Paying for their purchase and installation, choosing the site etc.)
  • Bus Shelters (Paying for their purchase and installation, choosing the site etc.)
  • Cleaning and maintaining Community Assets
  • Setting the Parish or Town ‘Precept’ – the amount every household contributes to the running of the Council, which is paid as part of their ‘Council Tax’
  • Grants
  • Consideration of planning applications as an official ‘respondent’
  • Representing the community where appropriate
  • Supporting other community stakeholders and local organisations (where appropriate)
  • Other responsibilities which are specific to the council

It doesn’t look or sound like a lot of responsibility. But for those who really care about the community in which they live and the shared experience they have with others who live and work there too, becoming a member of a local parish or town council can be very rewarding as it is possible to experience the impact of the work and decisions made first-hand.

Parish & town councils will always have at least one officer known as a clerk, who is responsible for administration and communication. The clerk is the person you would normally contact to make enquiries about the work of the council.

Information regarding the area which the parish or town council covers (its electoral constituency), its parish wards, the number of councillors elected for each, the electoral cycle (When the council will next be elected) should be available from the council itself via its website, or alternatively by contacting the clerk.

Otherwise, the Democratic Services Department of the corresponding District Level Authority should be able to help, or you can find information from the Local Government Boundary Commission HERE.

17. Borough, City & District Councils (District Level Authorities)

Borough or District Councils provide the administrative hub of local government.

They oversee and manage a wide range of public services that voters experience on a regular or day-to-day basis and hold key responsibilities for our local environment.

Councillors are elected to Borough or District Council Seats as Representatives of ‘Wards’. Wards typically cover the same area as a multiple of Parish Council Wards (where they exist).

District Level Authorities typically provide Electoral Services for ALL public elections, irrespective of the Tier of Government, through their Democratic Services Departments.

It will be your District Level Authority that you will need to contact regarding the local elections process and requirements to become a candidate in an election in the location over which the authority presides.

The responsibilities of District Level Authorities normally include:

  • Planning
  • Building Control
  • Licensing (Sale of Alcohol, Taxi & Private Hire, Scrap Metal Collection, Gambling, Sex Shops, Street Trading)
  • Housing
  • Environmental Health
  • Refuse & Recycling collections
  • Maintaining Parks & Green Spaces
  • Street Cleansing
  • Setting the Council’s Annual Budget or ‘Precept’ – the amount every household contributes to the running of the Council, which is paid as part of their ‘Council Tax’
  • Electoral Services (non-political)
  • Flood Prevention & Emergency Planning
  • The collection and redistribution of Council Tax
  • Community facilities (Sports halls, swimming pools, public toilets, car parks)

District Level Authorities are perceived by many in politics to be where responsibility really begins.

Elections are rarely uncontested for District Level Authorities and most councils at this level are under the control of a political group or made up of elected members who have been elected as representatives of well-known political parties.

Once elected, Members usually have the opportunity to join various committees and contribute in different roles with varying levels of responsibility, depending on the structure of the council.

Some of these committees, such as those with Licensing or Planning responsibility, are considered apolitical and quasi-judicial in nature.

18. County Councils

County Councils make up the highest tier of local government and provide a range of public services that are typically more strategically focused, as opposed to the more ‘day-to-day’ nature of the work of District Level Authorities.

Their area of control usually corresponds with the geographical boundaries of Counties.

Councillors are elected to County Council Seats as Representatives of ‘Divisions’.

Divisions typically cover the same area as several District Level Authority Wards, which themselves typically cover a multiple of Parish Wards. (where they exist)

The responsibilities of County Councils typically include:

  • Education (The Local Education Authority)
  • Adult Education
  • School Buildings & Infrastructure
  • Highways (Minor roads and the major roads not under the control of the Highways Agency)
  • Footpaths and Public Rights of Way
  • Waste Disposal Strategy (Rubbish disposal sites, waste incinerators etc.)
  • Social Services
  • Public Transport
  • Education Transport
  • Transport Planning
  • Strategic Planning
  • Emergency Planning
  • Setting the Council’s Annual Budget or ‘Precept’ – the amount every household contributes to the running of the Council, which is paid as part of their ‘Council Tax’

County Council Elections are rarely uncontested, and most County Councils are under the control of a Political Group or made up of Members who have been elected as representatives of well-known political parties.

Once elected, members usually have the opportunity to join various committees and contribute in different roles with varying levels of responsibility, depending on the structure of the council.

19. Unitary Authorities

In some areas, the roles and responsibilities of Parish & Town and/or Borough & District and County Councils have been amalgamated and made the responsibility of one local authority for that area.

The areas Unitary Authorities cover typically correspond with a Borough/District Boundary or a County Boundary but could mirror the area covered by a multiple of former Borough/District or County Councils.

Competition for a seat on a Unitary Authority is likely to be much greater than fighting for a seat on a Borough/District Council or a County Council Division – especially if ‘unitary status’ has recently been obtained and the way that councilors are elected to the Authority has been changed.

20. Multiple Seat Wards & Divisions

Surprising as it may sound, it is sometimes the case that more than one, and perhaps as many as 6 or even more councilors will represent the same electoral area for the same authority in a multiple-seat Ward or Division.

Having a multiple number of seats for the very same election can make life interesting for the people who count the votes after Election Day.

Having multiple-seat Wards and Divisions is also one of the ways that serious attempts are made to ensure that there is a balanced number of residents being represented by Councillors within different Local Authorities.

You will normally find multiple seat areas are where there are a lot more people living in a geographically small area, which itself cannot be divided into smaller areas for the purpose of administering an election.

If you are considering running within a multiple-seat Ward or Division, don’t be put off by the idea that there is more than one seat and that you are going to run alone.

There are no rules saying that any political party or group has to have a candidate for every seat.

It might actually be of benefit to you, as voters may feel they get the opportunity to support the party or candidate to whom they feel their political allegiances lie but can also support a local independent candidate at the same time.

Think of it like this, if you have enough people do that with one political party as others do with another, you might get twice the number of votes or either candidate!

REMEMBER: If you are running alone in an Election like this in a multiple seat Ward or Division and are out canvassing, it is always a good idea to make people aware that they have the opportunity to vote more than once at the same time, and that they can vote for you AND a party candidate too.

21. By Elections and The Electoral Cycle

A normal election or civic cycle for a local authority is a term of 4 years, which will only normally be changed or delayed in a time of emergency.

At the end of each cycle or term, often all, but sometimes a proportion of a council’s total number of seats will be automatically vacated and put back up for election.  

Where Local Authorities run more than one Electoral cycle, each respective term will last for 4 years.

This means that the overall balance of power could effectively be changed each and every time that one of the cycles ends and the Seats ending their electoral cycle are put back up for a Vote.

As a councillor elected at the beginning of an election cycle, your maximum term before having to seek re-election or step down would normally be 4 years.

When an Elected Member or councillor decides to step down, leave or resign from their position or seat part way through the cycle, or is unable to continue for some other reason, a By Election will be called just for that specific seat.

By Elections can happen at any time throughout the election cycle.

The process is very much the same as a full Council or Local Election in terms of the number of days between the Election being called and the Election itself, and when Nominations have to be submitted, and all other administrative requirements have to be fulfilled.

However, a By Election can and often is only run for a single Ward or Division, or for one of the seats within it if it has multiple seats.

A By Election will be run to coincide with other Elections if one is scheduled for a similar time, and the local Monitoring Officer does have some discretion over the dates of By Elections. Whereas scheduled Local Elections are normally held on the first Thursday in the corresponding May.

With this level of flexibility, it might be the case that you will know a By Election is coming for a certain Ward or Division several months before. Alternatively, you could have very little notice at all.

Notices of By Elections are posted in the same way as normal Local Authority Elections, so you will leave yourself very little time to develop a campaign if you wait for the news to reach you in this way.

Local Media and the Council Minutes will be the most reliable sources of news for you to become aware of when a By Election is due.

But hearing by word of mouth from people involved with the council itself will always help you a lot more when information like this first becomes available.

22. Data Protection

From the moment you begin campaigning, whether you have been recognised as an Official Candidate for an Election or before this has happened, it is likely that people will share information about themselves which you MUST always consider to have been shared confidentially and in trust.

Whether there are laws or regulations that cover your conduct as a councillor once you have been Elected, or before, when getting yourself elected is just your aim, you MUST embrace the principles of Data Protection with everything that you do.

This means that any personal information you are given or obtain has been shared for your use alone, unless there is a very good reason to share what you know with an appropriate person or authority.

The only exception would be when there is a need for immediate intervention, because a person is clearly at risk from harm.

Otherwise, you should always ask the permission of the person, family, a parent or guardian BEFORE communicating information you have been given in trust to anyone else.

If for any reason you do need to share information with an appropriate authority you should be confident in the legitimacy of that person’s post or responsibility and keep records – preferably e-mail copies, of everything you share and discuss with them, including when the contact was made.

ALL personal information you have regarding ANYONE – even their names and contact details must be held securely and not be accessible to anyone other than yourself.

Password and preferably encrypted protection of such documents as a minimum is a must.

Occasionally, you will become aware of a story or a valuable insight into a broader issue for the community, which could be illustrated by information that one resident or their family can give. If you feel this to be the case, you MUST ask the permission of the person and/or family before using their names and any information about them in any material you publish, communication you have with the media, or any reference you make to them in public.

You should also never publish photographs of people in which ANY of them can be identified – no matter how difficult it may seem, without asking their permission first.

In the case of children and young people under the age of 18, or adults who may be considered vulnerable, you MUST obtain the permission of their parent or guardian before taking and/or publishing their picture.

NEVER assume consent to take pictures, just because someone attends a meeting or an event which has been organised by you. 

If you are in any doubt about permission DO NOT PUBLISH!


If you have no legitimate reason to keep personal information you should delete or destroy it immediately.

Data Protection is one of those things which it is not only useful to read up about, but to also keep up to date with too.

As such, I cannot recommend highly enough that you research and keep up to date with ALL data protection rules, as these will certainly help you once you are elected and be a good thing to know about in the meantime too. (Take a look at the Information Commissioners Office Website and Google Data Protection and GDPR / General Data Protection Regulations)

Part 3 – Developing your Campaign

23. Identify the Local issues

You are likely to already have a grasp on at least some of the issues facing the community where you are seeking election.  

However, as a good councillor, making it your business to be aware of everything going on in your area at community level will be essential to help you be the representative that you need to be.

Issues often overlap, and if you don’t ensure that you are equipped with an objective view, the issues that you are passionate about will suffer from an unintended form of isolation, because you have no knowledge of how gaining success with one issue will impact upon others.

Information about what’s going on, what’s upsetting people, and what you can potentially do to help the people you are aiming to represent is available from many different sources.

My best advice is that you introduce yourself to all of them, build links and relationships with and within all, and never close yourself off to any source of information.

Just bear in mind that every organisation or business has an agenda of its own and it is healthy to have this at the back of your mind when you are considering their news and any messages that it conveys.

Council Meetings, Minutes & News

Whatever council you are aiming to run for, it is really important to be aware of what ALL the local authorities are doing in the area where you will work.

You can and should attend meetings of other councils covering the area where you are seeking election as often as possible, whether they are above or below the council you have targeted within the Tiers of Government.

Even if you go straight for a county level seat, the information from a parish council meeting can be invaluable because Parish and Town Councils are the most accessible form of Government and therefore the most likely to be accessed by the voters who are important to you. 

Equally, if you are going to be a great parish representative, it really helps to know what your district and county level authorities are doing too!  

If you can’t attend, it’s not the end of the world. Minutes, Reports and Agendas are available on the websites for District and County level authorities as a matter of course, and most Parish & Town Councils are now in the position to do the same.

Make sure you follow all the councils representing the area you will be working in on social media, and check that you follow each department that is communicating its own news too – e.g. Education at a County Council. Planning, Licensing, Refuse collections at a District level Authority.

Local Media  

It’s really important to have and maintain a realistic view of all media, and particularly your local newspapers, online news and radio stations. 

They are all highly discerning about what they consider to be news, and their view of what makes good news is likely to be very different to your own – particularly if you are looking ahead to how issues can and might grow as time passes.

What the news channels bring light to as current affairs in political terms is often the tip of an iceberg that grew in darkness from the bottom up.

Listening to, reading and following all of your local media on social media is a very good idea, because it will help you keep track of the developing bigger picture in the wider area around you, and see how events elsewhere may contribute to shaping strategic level policy nearer to home.

BBC Local Radio is currently one of the best sources for the news that you will need to be aware of most. If you cannot listen regularly, follow their social media accounts and keep an eye on the BBC Local News web pages too.

REMEMBER TO THINK CRITICALLY. The ‘news’ content provided by the media is often much more opinion than news.

Facts, figures and even stories themselves are frequently presented to encourage a particular reaction or certain point of view and in this sense, local media is often no different to the national channels.

Social Media

Probably the easiest way to focus on as many news sources as possible, social media is a great way to find out what all your stakeholders are doing, planning and thinking about the issues which they are specifically facing.

Follow ALL the key organisations in your area. 

For example:

• Councils

• Council Departments

• The Police

• The Fire Service

• The Ambulance Service

• The Environment Agency

• The Highways Agency

• Local Travel Companies

• Prominent local businesses – especially those with a high profile in the local community

• Charities such as Food Banks, Rotary, Lions, RSPCA

• The Hospitals serving your area

• Schools

• Local Interest Groups – particularly those focused on local issues

• The local branches of the Political Parties

• Councilors representing the same area from the other tiers of government

• Your local MP

Whilst tempting to do so, there will be little benefit to following other candidates or their political parties. Run your own race and concentrate on running it as best you can, using all of the available time and energy that you have!

Schools

With at least one school, if not several in almost every Ward or Division, keeping an eye on news from all of them in the area you are targeting will be very useful.

Schools often have communities of their own which can be very vibrant and naturally focus on educational issues.

Education based issues will be a key focus for county council candidates. However, other community focused matters do come into focus such as road and community safety, and the use of community buildings or recreation resources, which might be important if a school has limited space of its own.

Most schools have a social media presence, and it will be in your interest to follow them, whilst also keeping an eye on their websites.

Once you are elected, it will be to your benefit to introduce yourself to local head teachers and possibly the boards of governors too, so that you can open up a clear channel of communication and help them with any issues that relate to your areas of responsibility as their local councillor.

Local Charities, Voluntary Organisations & Interest Groups

You may be surprised by just how many local charities, voluntary organisations and interest groups there are around you, particularly in cities, towns and built-up areas.

Some will already be known to you for the work they are doing in the community, or the campaigning that they are doing.

Others will be working away in the background but will be mentioned in the minutes and agendas of council meetings, on notice boards and in a broad web search of charities, voluntary organisations and interest groups in your area.

When you find them, check out their websites. If the work they are doing is community focused, follow them on social media and look for opportunities to attend events that they might be holding, which you will be able and welcome to attend.

Surprising as it may sound, just attending events and taking the time to say hello to people and introduce yourself is a very effective way to get yourself known and pick up useful information on current and upcoming issues.

You don’t need to speak, grandstand or try to force your way into the limelight. Just being present and showing that what they are doing is important enough for you to share your time with them is usually enough. 

When you have been seen a few times in different places, people will begin to get more interested in who you are, what you are doing and what you have to say.

Social Clubs, Pubs & word of mouth

Just talking to people from the area you are hoping to get elected is always a good way to pick up information on the issues that are on the minds of voters locally.

Canvassing and questionnaires are probably the best way to get direct intelligence from your potential electors. But this will nonetheless be seen as a formal process. 

A more relaxed way to get to know people and find out what they think is to visit local social clubs and pubs, picking up information by word of mouth as you do. 

Once people know who you are and what you are doing, many will take the opportunity to tell you what they think about things when you find them in a social setting. 

Barriers often come down and there is that feeling that you all have something in common and might actually be friends. 

Just having a chat with local people can reveal an awful lot about what’s on the minds of many other people locally and this kind of insight can help you no end. 

You do need to be cautious with this approach, however. 

Please bear in mind that you will also encounter a lot of gossip and one-sided truths. So, if you do hear something that is of interest, use it as a guide to investigate further and check the facts, rather than seeing it as an immediate opportunity to get carried away with a new approach or course of action. 

Drinking with potential voters – even if the circumstances appear friendly and convivial, can also be one of the quickest ways to remove the respect that local people might have for you. 

Always remember to focus on asking questions and listening to what you are being told.

This is not the time to preach any kind of plan or manifesto! 

The Emergency Services 

Always follow the Police, Ambulance and Fire Services in your local area. 

They are all very active on social media and will have informative websites for you to read and follow too. 

The news from the Emergency Services will often be incident led. It may not even appear to be massively relevant on an event-by-event basis. 

However, you will pick up common themes with incidents that they all report and may also pick up useful pointers about strategic issues which could have a broad impact across the responsibilities of different local authorities across the area.      

24. Information sources that you MUST use

The nuts and bolts of any political campaign will be your understanding of what the authority you are campaigning to win a seat with has been doing; has achieved and where it has not been doing as well as it perhaps should.

The key facts that you will require, along with the history of how decisions have been made and who was involved in making those decisions will be available as a public record.

There is an expectation that government at all levels will be transparent with its decision making and policy development. As such, the records of public meetings and those involving committees and sub committees are usually available on the local authority’s website.

This means that you should be able to access the information that you need very easily and usually with just a few clicks.

Suggestions for reading:

  • The Agendas of Meetings
  • The Minutes of Meetings
  • Reports on Public Consultations
  • The Council’s Strategy Documents
  • All other documents which have been publicly released.
  • The attendance records and voting history for any sitting councillor you may be running against as a candidate in an election

Local Authorities may now have many years’ worth of historical documents available online.

As a sensible rule, just read up on documents covering the work of the authority during its past 4-year term. Unless there is a significant issue which you would like to see addressed, which has been ‘active’ for longer and it will help you to obtain research from the start that will provide the full history or chronology of events.

If information you need to access is not available publicly, it may be protected, or otherwise available through a FOI Request, (Freedom of Information) for which an administration fee may be payable. If you wish to access information in this way, you should contact the authority involved directly.

25. Putting out a Questionnaire

If you are new to politics and political campaigning, it is likely that the very best way to open up communication with the people you are going to ask to vote for you is to distribute and then collect a questionnaire.  

Questionnaires are a very effective way of opening up dialogue with people in your area, allowing voters to tell you about what concerns them and how you could represent them better.

They also begin the long-term task of demonstrating that you not only care about the people you represent and what is important to them. But you are also prepared to listen and find out how you can make a difference for them.

The questionnaire process is simple. But it must be seen through and completed fully if you are going to gain maximum value from the process.

The questionnaire process:

  1. Design a questionnaire
  2. Test your questionnaire
  3. Print enough copies for the area where you are planning to seek election
  4. Deliver your questionnaire
  5. Knock on every door to collect your questionnaire
  6. Collate your results
  7. Communicate your results

A. Design a Questionnaire

Probably the most important part of the process to get right is designing your questionnaire.  

You may already have a good idea about the issues that the community is experiencing. Whether its speeding traffic, over development, antisocial behaviour, regularity of bin collections or any one of a number of many other issues – some which will almost certainly be very specific to the area.

Even if you are certain that you know what the issues are, it is always a good idea to ask people for their opinion – whilst also being certain that you are not attempting to influence them with your own.

What is very important, is that you should not attempt to mislead people in the area you will be seeking election, by drawing attention to issues which will fall outside the scope and responsibility of the council you hope to represent and/or that would be your responsibility as an elected councilor – if you are successful

This is why it is essential that you understand what the authority you are campaigning to represent is responsible for, as well as what it is not.

Yes, you might get elected by promising to deliver results that would never be within your control or sphere of influence.

People are not stupid, and they will learn not to trust you in a heartbeat – the moment they understand that you have deliberately misled them.

Tips for your questionnaire:

  • REMEMBER – this exercise is about learning how other people feel about issues affecting their lives. It is not an opportunity to preach or grandstand your own views. Doing so will just annoy people and switch them off to what you can do. 
  • Think of questions which are closed – i.e. they can be answered with a simple yes and no. 
  • Questions should be about local issues, not ideas. 
  • Use a simple word-processing programme like Microsoft Word, and a type face no smaller than 12pt. 
  • Make sure it is easy to read and remember that it is likely that at least some of the people who will read your questionnaire will have difficulty reading. So, keep plenty of space between questions. 
  • DO NOT write anything that is defamatory about anyone – even if you believe the information to be true. 
  • DO NOT ask for personal information of any kind. 
  • If you do ask for people to provide any information about themselves, you MUST ask them to confirm that they are happy for you to hold their data. Add a check box to be sure. 
  • Do not try to lead people with your questions – if you want an honest response. 
  • Avoid attempting to influence people in the way that you write your questions. A simple test is to look at your question and check if you are using a word or words like because, or have edited what you have said to remove them. 
  • ALWAYS provide an opportunity for people to tell you about issues you have not raised with your questions.
  • ALWAYS tell people who you are and what you are doing.
  • Provide an e-mail address at the very least at all times and ensure that all contact details required during a formal election campaign period are correctly available on your questionnaire. 
  • Invite people to contact you to ask you questions and tell you more.
  • If you would be uncomfortable asking any of your questions face-to-face, DON’T ASK THEM – as they are likely to be received in the same way. 
  • Make clear when you will be calling around to collect completed questionnaires.
  • Collect your questionnaires personally. 

B. Test your Questionnaire

Even good politicians can get things wrong. 

What we write and how it sounds as our internal voice may not be how it comes across to others, so it’s always better to check.

Before putting ANY literature through doors, ALWAYS get a few different people to read through and feedback on what you have done.

If the people you ask to review your work are open and honest, you may feel prickly towards what they have to say. But take it on board – and always act upon genuine advice from people who do not have something to gain by influencing you to make changes or go a different way.

C. Print enough copies for the area where you are planning to seek election

It’s really important that you visit every house in the area where you are seeking election.   

You may not want to do so, for reasons as simple as you know a councillor lives in the house next door and you feel it’s almost certain that the people who live there will not vote for you.

The funny thing about politics is that it doesn’t work like that. The person who lives next door to a councillor could end up being your greatest supporter – and as one vote could be all you need to secure a win, you should never let any kind of illogical fear rule out visiting just one house!

The Democratic Services Department at the local District Level Authority should be able to provide details of the numbers of properties in the Ward or Division you are going to target.

However, there may be restrictions upon how much information they will give you outside of a formal Campaign period, and even then, you may have to provide certain commitments to how you will keep any data secure and what purposes you will use it for.

Get in touch with the relevant Democratic Services Department to find out how you can get a copy of the Electoral Roll.

D. Deliver your Questionnaire

Delivering a leaflet is one of the quickest ways to get to know your patch and the people within it.

It gets you seen by people who wouldn’t otherwise recognise you, and putting a name to a face will be one of your greatest allies in securing votes from local people to fight for local issues.  

If you have decided to run in an election that is coming up quickly, you may need to get some help.

Just be sure that whoever is delivering leaflets for you is someone you trust to represent you wherever they may go.

E. Knock on every door to collect your Questionnaire

Developing a relationship with voters is essential in local politics. 

When there isn’t a national election taking place that coincides with the date of the local election and people are not so tribal with their votes, the people who know and trust you could really make all the difference and, in some cases, give you a significant win.

When you speak to people and ask their opinion, they will feel that they are important.

This can apply to people who might even vote for one of the main political parties at other times.

People not only like to know they can access the politicians who represent them. But that their public representatives are ready and waiting to listen to them too.

When you call at a door, it is really important to be polite. Introduce yourself and who you are and tell the people you are calling on that you recently delivered a questionnaire.

Some people will have thrown them away. Others will simply be too busy with life to want to talk. Some will be rude (Remember it’s not personal – most people have a very low opinion of politicians these days). But many will be only too pleased to talk.

Once you have spoken to a few different people on the doorstep, you will get an idea of what really works. 

When you are collecting a questionnaire, just keep the focus on the information you are being given and leave without discussing what you plan to do and leave it until another time.

F. Collate your results

When you have collected ALL of your questionnaires – that means all of those you have had returned completed AFTER visiting every relevant address, you need to collate your results.  

The best way to do this is on a spreadsheet with a programme like Microsoft Excel.

A good idea is to set up a box for yes and a box for no against each question. Then put a 1 in the next space in the column or row against the yes or the no for each question for every form. 

You will then be in a position to use the spreadsheet formulas to count up the numbers.

Using a spreadsheet is a very safe and simple way to manage your results.

You can easily check that you haven’t missed anybody or have any misleading information as the number of no’s added to the number of yes’s for any one question should always add up to the number of questionnaires.

As you work through the questionnaires, you will begin to see patterns emerging. Some might not be what you were expecting – and it’s here that you will define yourself against many others, by doing the right thing.

Never try to manipulate data to suit your own needs.

Whether ignoring the results of a question that doesn’t appear to help you or trying to read the information in a way that helps an argument, but which is misrepresentative or simply untrue, you will do yourself no favours and immediately fail the people you want to represent.

Tip:

Always be open. If real data tells you the majority of people want things to go a certain way – as their representative, that’s what you must go with.

G. Communicate your results

If you are in the build up to an election (The period immediately before the election), a good questionnaire and the results from it will serve you very well as the basis of your Election Manifesto.   

Ideally, the best time to put a questionnaire out for this purpose, will be a few weeks before the Election is formally called – in perhaps February or early March – if your election is part of the normal cycle, and isn’t a by-election.

ALWAYS give yourself enough time to complete the process!

If you do this, you can use the data you have harvested to support your campaign, knowing that your words will resonate with the majority of people AND have the added bonus that they will know you have been listening to them too.

At other times, the best way to communicate what you have found will be through a newsletter, by social media or through a blog – which in my experience, local people will soon begin to read when you are talking about the real issues which are important to them.

26. Canvassing before or during an Election Campaign

Probably one of the things that anyone new to politics will fear most of all is canvassing – or going from door to door, speaking to residents and finding out what they think.

Believe it or not, once you have started to gain some experience, canvassing can be a lot of fun.

Canvassing gives you the genuine opportunity to speak one-to-one with the people you are asking to vote for you, and also to find out why other people might be seeing you in a different way and possibly misunderstanding you and what you have to say.

As a rule, you should always canvass voters personally.

If that’s not possible, those canvassing on your behalf should be reliable members of any supporting team that you have.

Either way, you or your team should knock on every door in the Ward or Division where you hope to get elected during the Formal Election Campaign – at least once. 

If possible, you should visit doorsteps more.

When I was first elected, my running mate and I had knocked on every door twice and in some cases three or four times right up to 9pm on the day of the election itself.

You don’t have to wait until it’s actually election time before you canvass. 

If you want to be taken seriously by voters, you would do well to visit everyone, every few months as an absolute minimum, before you are elected, and once you are elected too.

Suggestions for Canvassing during an election campaign:

  • Make a plan for covering certain areas and give yourself enough time to cover a set part of it every evening or Saturday during the election campaign.
  • Knock on every door and wait long enough for someone to answer.
  • When you do get an answer, always try to smile and be polite.
  • Introduce yourself and tell them what you are doing briefly. (You should devise and remember a sentence that says something like ‘Hello, I’m Adam Tugwell and I’m running for Tewkesbury Borough Council as an Independent Candidate in the Elections on 4th May, when I very much hope to be elected to represent you’.
  • Ask them if they are planning to vote and who they are thinking about supporting. (Do bear in mind that they do not have to tell you this, just because you have asked!)
  • At this point, you should know if pursuing a conversation where you can discuss your manifesto is a good idea. Basically, if they tell you they are voting for another candidate in a very clear way, wish them a nice day and be on your way!
  • If they are open to talking, don’t immediately see a green light to grandstand your ideas.
  • Ask them how they feel about the area and what they would like to see being done.
  • DON’T criticise or talk negatively about the other candidates – no matter how you feel about them. You are running your own race!
  • DON’T make promises you cannot keep.
  • DO run through your commitments. But keep them brief and to perhaps no more than 3 to 5 ‘bullet points’.
  • Be prepared to talk through any or all of your commitments.
  • NEVER lie if you feel cornered by a question or comment in any way. Be honest and say you will research a topic if you have found yourself challenged by what someone has said – it’s a great way to open up communication if you offer to go back or contact them by e-mail or by phone – and they will feel really valued if you do.
  • Make sure that they have a copy of your literature if you have already delivered some, and your contact details, for if they wish to get in touch.
  • When you have left the property, make a note about how many votes you believe you can expect from that household.
  • If possible, use a copy of the Electoral Roll to do this.
  • The Electoral Roll will provide names of the people in each house, but it is safest not to use the names to address people when they answer the door, just in case it isn’t them! Names appear on the Electoral Roll which may not be the names people use in their day-to-day lives. You will avoid feeling embarrassed, red-faced or silly, if you happen to stumble upon someone like this by greeting everyone in the same way.

REMEMBER: You must not refer to yourself as being a ‘candidate’ for any election in any way, written, spoken or otherwise, unless and until you have been formally recognised as being a candidate for that specific Election by the Democratic Services Department at the Council managing the Election you plan to run in. 

Suggestions for Canvassing at other times:

  • Make a plan for covering a certain area, giving yourself enough time to complete it on a Saturday morning.
  • A week or perhaps two weeks before, visit each of the houses and deliver a small leaflet outlining the issues you are working on and making clear that you would like to know what residents think about these, or anything else which might be of concern to them.
  • On the leaflet, tell them when you will be returning, and ask them to display the leaflet where it can be seen on the day you are going to return. That way you will only knock on doors where people want to talk – which won’t by any means be all. But you will also save yourself a lot of time too. (People will remember that you have been to their house and have given them the opportunity to speak to you, even if they don’t take up the offer)
  • When you call at a house, like when you are canvassing at election time above, be polite, smile and introduce yourself, making reference to your note. (Which will hopefully be easy for you to point at)
  • Ask them what they would like to talk about, let them speak and make sure you listen!
  • Be open about your thoughts about what you can do.
  • Don’t make promises you cannot keep.
  • Always be prepared to signpost someone who can help them if you genuinely know that you cannot.

Once you have learned and established a canvassing routine and the best way to interact with people on the doorstep, the experience will be incredibly useful.

Something to bear in mind about canvassing:

One thing you should never do is get involved in an argument on somebody’s doorstep – especially over your policies.

It is important to be aware that you don’t always know who you are talking to on a doorstep, and if they support another candidate, they may consider it a good investment in supporting the other candidate by wasting your time.

The logic being that you will have less time to spend with people who might support you, if you are on their doorstep fruitlessly trying to convince them to change their mind!

27. Leaflets & Campaign Literature

Canvassingquestionnaires and social media are highly effective ways to get yourself known in your community and to maintain a presence with the people you will be asking to vote for you.

However, people are not always at home when you call, and during the election campaign in particular, you need to be sure that your story has reached as many potential voters as possible – even if for some reason it is not possible for you to meet.

Leaflets are a great way to achieve this and support your efforts both before the election campaign and during it too.

You will need to take a different approach before and during the formal election campaign itself.

During the election campaign, what you spend is very important and this is why you must plan what material or literature you are going to produce, along with every detail of who will produce it and what it will cost you too.

The upside of producing your own literature is that it will make your campaign feel much more authentic and real to you. So, enjoy writing, designing and producing it!

Producing leaflets and campaign literature – The Key Points:

  1. Election Address
  2. Standard photo-copied or home-printed leaflets
  3. Calling cards
  4. Get out the Vote Cards
  5. Design
  6. Printing
  7. Things to bear in mind

A. Election Address:

For your election campaign, you really should produce and deliver a higher quality and preferably colour leaflet which has been printed professionally.

A good size for this purpose is an A5, four-page booklet, which if you were producing yourself would be rather like folding a page of A4 and using it like a book.

Always use a type size no less than 12pt that is easy to read such as Arial or Times New Roman. (Check with a few different people to understand what works best)

Producing an Election Address is the ideal opportunity to tell people a little bit about yourself and your background. Be sure to do so in a way which will explain why you are running and asking for the support of local voters in a way which will make sense to the reader. 

Your Election Address is also the best way to ‘go public’ with your Election Pledges or ‘Manifesto’.

Once published, you can also publish your Pledges on your blog and social media accounts, where you will have room to provide more information that will help readers. 

A good time to deliver your Election Address will be about a week after the Official Candidates List has been confirmed by the Democratic Services Department. 

This way, when people begin to compare the election literature from all the candidates who have delivered to their address, they will be equipped with the best information possible. 

B. Standard photo-copied or home printed leaflets: 

With no election coming up in the near future, a two-sided black and white leaflet in a newsletter form is a great way to keep in touch. 

Ideally your leaflets should be sized A4. But A5 would also be fine. 

As with an Election Address, always use a type size no less than 12pt that is easy to read such as Arial or Times New Roman. 

Producing this type of leaflet outside of an election period is an ideal way to provide a newsletter that will keep everyone up to date with what you have done, what you are doing and what you are planning to do. 

During an election period, this is an ideal quick-to-produce format that you can use to pick up and highlight new or recurring issues which have come to your attention whilst out canvassing. 

During the election campaign, this type of leaflet would ideally go out to voters in the last week to ten days before the election. 

C. Calling cards: 

Not everyone will be at home when you call. 

Sometimes you will not find a way to return when you might like to. So, leaving a calling card is a great way to let people know that you have visited. 

Whilst they are referred to as ‘cards’, an A4 sheet cut into four parts with the same information and design on each part is a great way to produce something simple which will do the job very well and is very cost effective to produce on your PC. 

Using the same principles with size and font for your typeface as Leaflets and an Election Address, your message need only be very short. 

Let your potential voters know that you called and were sorry to have missed them but will be happy to answer any questions if they would like to get in touch.

Just remember to have all your contact details on the calling card too! 

D. Get out the Vote cards:

If you have any money left in your Election Expenses Budget, a great way to support your final push for support on Election Day is to deliver a ‘get out the vote’ card.

Much the same size and design as your calling cards, a ‘Get out the Vote’ card needs to be very simple and written as a very polite and gentle reminder that it is literally Election Day ‘today’, and that the Voter taking the time go to the Polling Station and supporting you will be greatly appreciated.

If possible, your ‘Get out the Vote’ cards should be delivered to everyone who does not have a Postal Vote.

The best time to deliver Get out the Vote cards is first thing in the morning on Election Day. ideally before everyone has left for work or the school run etc.

E. Design: 

If you have no experience of using design software, designing a leaflet will probably sound like a very challenging task. 

The good news is that most computers that have Microsoft Office Software loaded on them will have a programme called Microsoft Publisher. 

MS Publisher is easy to use and ideal for producing high quality and easy to read leaflets which will get your message across.

If you are unsure how to use MS Publisher to complete a specific task, just Google it, remembering to start your question with ‘How do you get MS Publisher to…..’

F. Printing:

If you are getting leaflets printed professionally, you MUST ask if the printer is happy to produce political flyers and/or leaflets. 

This is particularly important for an Election Address or any material you have printed by them for use during the formal campaign, as you will have to include their details.

All of your leaflets will need a blank margin around the edges. Printers call this the ‘bleed’, and if you are setting up a design which is going to a professional printer, it will be a good idea to ask them what bleed will be required BEFORE you begin your design. 

You should be able to find a low-cost printing company on the Internet. Just search for low-cost printing or something similar and see what pops up. 

Most printing companies of this kind will do a quick turnaround and should be able to get your finished leaflets back to you within a week. 

Nonetheless, it’s a good idea to get them planned, checked and printed in good time and you would be well advised not to leave creating an Election Address until the election has been called! 

When you are printing leaflets at home, it will be a good idea to set up a test page with a picture, diagram or type across it. You can then check what margins you will need to leave available as a bleed at the top, bottom, left and right of the page. 

 SUGGESTIONS: 

  • Plan your leaflet, Election Address, calling card as far in advance as possible. 
  • Write your material first, whether it’s news, election pledges or notifying people of an event that you have planned. 
  • The only leaflet you really should get produced by a professional printer is your Election Address. The others will be much quicker to produce on a printer at home or at a reasonably priced photocopy store. 
  • Use a design programme like MS Publisher which you are likely to have on your PC 
  • Set up your leaflet, either testing the print area on your home printer or checking on the margin or bleed area you will need with the printing company first. 
  • Use a Font which is easy to read, such as Arial, Aptos, Times New Roman, Verdana or Gill Sans. 
  • Use a font size of 12pt or greater for any part of the main body of text – That’s the part you want people to read. 
  • Leave plenty of space around your articles, pictures etc. 
  • Check on the information you MUST include for material you publish and distribute during the election period itself. If you print the material yourself and have no agent, it will only be your details required. But if a printer and agent are involved, you MUST recognise them with appropriate wording too. 
  • Either way, ALWAYS include your contact details so that people can get in touch. 
  • Check your draft design with a few people before you get it printed. Pay special attention to how easy it is to read and whether the first impression is either busy or that there might be too much space. 
  • Check the spelling and grammar and get someone else you trust to check it too. Innocent mistakes like these are very easy to miss but can be very costly further on! 
  • Add pictures where you can. Have a portrait picture of yourself which sits alongside your name (And SMILE!)
  • Have your Election Address ready in time to distribute at the beginning of the election campaign – that’s once the Official Candidates List has been confirmed. 
  • Print at least one leaflet later in the election campaign, say in the last week to ten days, which covers up to date news and issues which you have identified as you have been campaigning. 
  • When Canvassing always carry a calling card so you can let people know you have been to visit when you call at their home or business and they are out. 
  • REMEMBER that anything and everything you produce to be used during the Election Campaign MUST be accounted for financially. Your Election Address will almost certainly be the most costly expense you will have, and you should budget for this FIRST before you think about other leaflets or anything else you might like to spend money on. 
  • YOU MUST NEVER EXCEED YOUR ELECTION EXPENSES BUDGET!!! 

G. Things to bear in mind:

REMEMBER: 

  • You shouldn’t publish opinions, gossip or anything personal in nature about anyone – even if they are another candidate. 
  • It’s ok to mention people in a factual way i.e. about what they have or haven’t done – as long as you can produce evidence to support any facts that you mention. 
  • ‘Play the ball, not the man’
  • Hearsay or word of mouth is NOT factual evidence! 
  • Never lie or create stories. 
  • Never make false promises or suggest you will be able to influence matters that you will not. 
  • Be sure that the information you are discussing is relevant to the work you will have the ability to do and the authority you are working to be elected to. 
  • If you are going to refer to someone else’s work, reference the work openly and the source it came from. 
  • Always ask permission to reproduce work and/or pictures which have/has a copyright and acknowledge that it does. 
  • Where possible, ask the permission of the copyright holder first and remember that even as an independent representative, some people will not be happy to be linked directly or otherwise with a political campaign.     

28. Contact information you should always publish

It’s very easy to overlook the role of your contact information when you begin working with your wider community and the general public. 

It is an essential part of good communication that you keep your potential electors aware of what you are doing and why. 

It’s also vital that people you want to vote for you have the opportunity to contact and interact with you effectively. 

Get this right, and the circle of good communication between you as a public representative, and people as the members of the public you will represent, will be complete. 

Becoming a politician isn’t about you, it is about the role that you will fulfill. 

From this point of view, it is sensible to treat your campaigning and election activity, and then what you will ultimately do as a councillor as being like a job. 

You wouldn’t use your personal contact details to advertise the company you work for, and your political work should be no different. 

There is no need for you to put your home address on the material you publish at any time outside of a formal election campaign period. However, you do need to provide people with a telephone number and an e-mail address to make the interactive process work. 

Rather than use your own phone and the e-mail address that you use for things like your banking and online shopping, it is a very sensible idea to get yourself a pay as you go phone, and a free e-mail account with one of the well-known platform providers. 

 A separate phone number 

You may be thinking ‘I already have a phone… what’s wrong with using that?!’ 

Well, in some respects absolutely nothing. But if you are out having a drink or a meal with friends, taking your children to school or on holiday with your family, you might not want to take a call from an angry resident who has just had his flowerbeds trashed by a car cutting across a verge or corner. 

Keeping communication streams separate is just a sensible step that will help you to be professional with all the community work that you do. 

Most of the main mobile phone networks and the well-known supermarkets sell basic mobile phone packages with plenty of data and airtime to get started for around £20 or even less.

This is a very good investment and a cost-effective way to add a simple layer of personal protection to what you are doing in public. 

 A separate e-mail address 

Just like having a separate phone number, having a different e-mail address for your campaigning and election activity really is a must. 

It’s very simple to get another e-mail address and you can set up an additional account for free with providers such as Google and Outlook, and can either use your name or as with social media, include a reference to your area or something like that in your new address. 

By having a new e-mail address just for your campaigning, you can choose when you pick up the messages which come in as a result of your political work and keep your community work separate from everything else that you do. 

The most important thing – for practical reasons – is that a separate e-mail account will make keeping your records much easier. 

It doesn’t matter what kind of communication it is, and whether you sent or received it. Keeping copies of everything is essential to what you do. 

You don’t know when you might need to return to conversations you had or information you were given in the present moment at a future time, and when I say future, I literally mean something you do now could only become relevant in a few years’ time. 

To put it in perspective, when people get upset about something, they can quickly develop a long memory. Emotional upset and anger can lead anyone to remember events very differently to how they actually were. It may not be deliberate or intentional on the part of someone who might have a grievance with you. But all the same, you need to protect yourself against all eventualities. 

Use your separate e-mail account to make sure you keep clear and documented evidence of everything which was written, sent and received, and can access at any time.

Records are most definitely one of a politician’s best friends!      

29. Using the Media in Local Elections & Campaigns

At a time when there are so many TV and Radio stations to choose from that we can easily lose count, it is very easy to assume that you have got to be prominent in the media if you are going to be a success in politics.  

Many existing politicians already mistake media relevance as a key priority.

They focus their best efforts on policy announcements, events and making associations with others that will be considered ‘newsworthy’.

They consider getting their picture, a story about them or even an interview with them in the news as being more important than achieving real results for the people who elected them.

In many ways it is because so much media chasing goes on in politics that so little good work actually gets done.

So, when we consider that the news is probably more than 95% opinion, it is easy to see how coveting media attention can become a trap of a very special and troubling kind.

Locally, the rise of the Internet and social media has been a game changer in just about every respect, and it is sensible to see the change for what it really is.

The regional press has been decimated virtually overnight. Not because of news moving online. But because classified advertising and the massive profits that it once generated have.

Local, evening or regional news was for a long time subsidised by this advertising. But as news at a local level really doesn’t ‘sell’, this benefit has now gone and so has the opportunity to get the same consistency of journalism at a local level.

This isn’t a ‘forget local media’ speech. It’s a ‘local media has its place’ approach, with the suggestion that you focus on doing what you have committed yourself to do – putting your community first before going up blind alleys, chasing the beginning of a media rainbow.

If you are doing your job in the best way that you can, the media will find their way to you without you ever having to chase them*.

SUGGESTIONS:

  • Focus your primary effort on connecting with the people you are going to ask to elect you. Do this through canvassingquestionnaires and attending local public meetings where you can and should take the opportunity to speak and/or ask questions.
  • Utilise your social media accounts at every turn. Blog about local issues, making sure you use and include words which are like labels for your area, such as street names, estate names, bus route names and numbers, the local council’s name etc. Make it a conversation and talk about things that matter to local people. Things that are real.
  • Write, print and deliver a regular newsletter and put it through every door in the Ward or Division where you hope to get elected. It is easy to think that everyone has easy access to the Internet, Twitter and Facebook, but they don’t. Put your news in forms which are accessible to everyone, and you will pick up support from people who may not even read it that way!
  • Comment on articles which are relevant to your campaign, which are published by the local papers online. Use your name and contact details, and talk positively about how things can be done differently, rather than focusing on why what you are reading may seem so wrong. Always link your comments to your Facebook and Twitter accounts so that your followers can see that you are active and also read what you have to say about other local issues as they arise.
  • Facts are your friend. When you do have a story which isn’t just exciting for you but has a genuine feel that it is going to be important to more people, along with some interesting and quantifiable facts to support it, drop the news desk at your local not-for-profit and smaller community focused Radio stations a line. (BBC Local Radio is as ambitious as you need to be. They will pick up far more local news of the kind which matters in a local election than the commercial stations, who appear to behave like they are national stations with a local presence. If your story really ‘has legs’, a bigger news channel will soon pick it up from there)

REMEMBER: News is a consequence of what you do, not the reason for doing it. Focus on the important things and the unimportant things will take care of themselves.

* In 2007, I was a newly elected Councillor at Tewkesbury Borough, when Gloucestershire experienced an unprecedented flooding event one July Afternoon. In itself, the speed and nature of the flood which followed was something extraordinary. But those very same floods inundated the Mythe Water Treatment Works on the banks of the River Severn at Tewkesbury and polluted the supply of drinking water to massive parts of Gloucestershire. When supplies ran out that Sunday, I took to my Ward delivering bottled water to residents, then spending over two weeks coordinating and delivering supplies across the area. That same Monday, I was surprised to have a call from Radio 5 Live asking me if I could spare a few minutes to be interviewed live on air…

30. Public Speaking

One of the key aspects of becoming a good campaigner, councillor and politician is giving a voice to others who don’t have one – whatever the reason may be. 

In its most literal interpretation, this means that you must be prepared to speak in public, or to groups of many people, and work to become an effective communicator when you do.

Before you are elected, public speaking opportunities may be limited to asking questions at meetings, giving an overview of yourself and why you are standing, or perhaps taking part in a husting, if one has been organised in the area where you are seeking election.

The same principles apply to public speaking, no matter the circumstances – and this includes interviews.

So, if you consider your approach and prepare yourself now, you will be ready when you know an opportunity to speak may be coming up, or when you find yourself asked to speak without any time to prepare.

Ideally, your aim should always be to speak to other people the same way.

So, whether you are talking to ten, a hundred, a thousand or many more people through a television camera, the very best you can be will be when you speak to them all as if they are alone and you are talking to every person one-to-one.

I did say ideally. But reality is rarely ideal and when it comes to public speaking and interviews, just about everyone you can imagine suffers with nerves before they begin to talk. 

If they don’t, it probably means that they don’t care about what they are about to say.

If you follow the principles of How to get Elected, you will always have the understanding and knowledge to answer questions appropriately off-the-cuff, even when you find them challenging.

In terms of writing a script, the only time you should really do this is when you are literally giving a speech or providing a formal response or question in an environment where getting the form of words across accurately is the primary aim.

For example, when I was a Borough Councillor, writing a script to follow was what I would do if I was addressing the Planning Committee about a contentious issue, or talking to a large group of people about a subject where it was essential to cover all the details and not get any facts wrong.

When you know you are going to be in a situation where you might have the opportunity to speak or ask a question about a certain topic, you should always prepare by reading up and researching the topic in detail first.

Identify some key facts and numbers from a source or sources you can legitimately refer to. 

Either try to remember them or write yourself a small prompt note that is easy to see or you can keep on the top of your notes or in your hand. (Remember to ALWAYS keep notes and information you are carrying away from other people’s view!)

If you find yourself caught out with a question you cannot answer, NEVER be tempted to lie. 

Be honest and tell people that you don’t know the answer. But will make it your priority to find out. (You can always use it as an excuse to follow up if it’s appropriate to do so).

REMEMBER: When you are in a room speaking or debating with other people, it is very easy to fall into the trap of thinking that others are getting their messages across more effectively and clearly. Or that they don’t even have to try.

It’s NOT real – this is just the way that listening to other people speaking about the same subject can affect you emotionally, when you are putting effort and meaning into what you are doing. 

The best way to deal with this kind of experience is to simply focus on what you are going to say yourself and make sure you say it. Even if it sounds like someone else has said it before. 

NEVER be put off by the behaviour of other speakers who use ridiculing others as a way to try and enhance their own performance. 

These are usually the worst offenders for having little to say of any value to anyone but themselves.

This is a very important thing to bear in mind that will help you keep perspective.   

31. Using social media to get Elected

Good communication with the people you are going to ask to vote for you is essential. 

The good news is that social media makes this task a whole lot easier than it was just a few years ago.

Whereas you might have had to be delivering newsletters through people’s doors regularly at that stage, you can do so much more with social media than you could then.

Before I say any more about the positives, we have to recognise the negative impressions that we have of social media and why.

The chances are that you might not want to use social media at all, because you have heard of things like Twitter trolls, fake news, being ‘cancelled’ and all sorts of other problems that come with using services like Facebook and Twitter. 

The news makes using these free services sound very risky if not bad, and there is always a risk that you will have a bad experience in some way.

The upside outweighs the downside however. And if you stick to a few clear rules about what you post or publish yourself, and the material you republish or link as something you like or repost – which can easily be taken as a recommendation by otherseven if you didn’t mean it to be, then you can be reasonably safe, most of the time.

We have all heard the jokes and horror stories about people publishing posts about their underwear, what they ate for breakfast or when they went to the toilet.

Yes, some people want to share their entire lives with the online world. But there are no rules saying that you have to do that.

To be a good political communicator, all you need to do is publish material, which is going to appeal to your voters, keep them interested and better still, make them want to get involved.

Some basic rules for social media:

  • Have a separate account or accounts for your political work and campaigning. Voters will recognise you as being your role in the community and will not find value in hearing about your day-to-day activities as a normal person!
  • Never publish material that you cannot be sure to be accurate or true – unless you make clear that is your position. If you there is any possibility that you could be linked with material which is potentially untrue or misleading by publishing a link – DON’T! 
  • Never attack anyone personally in any way. Politics is actually about the work of politicians and the results of what they do – NOT about the people who do it, who are just as human as you (even when they don’t act like it!). Always remember the mantra ‘play the ball, not the man’ and you will be fine. 
  • Never take comments made by anyone personally. Once you start publishing as campaigner, activist or candidate, there will be people out there who just want to disagree with you simply because of what you do. Take it as a compliment and bear in mind that they wouldn’t be attacking you if they didn’t feel the work you are doing is a risk to what they themselves do! 
  • When you do feel you are justified in criticising something, focus on what is wrong and explain why it is wrong and how the situation could be improved. 
  • Use facts to back your arguments whenever you can. 
  • Focus your material on action. 
  • Do not make promises you cannot keep. 
  • Be aspirational but keep it real – Talk about your vision for something better but acknowledge the obstacles at the same time. 
  • Always be positive. 
  • Avoid gossip and hearsay. 
  • Always report threatening behaviour to an appropriate authority – as if you follow the rules above, you will not have anything you need to apologise for. 

REMEMBER: As soon as you publish something online or to the Internet, it is likely to remain ‘out there’ in some way for good.

Even if you delete something, it is possible that someone, somewhere will have kept a copy.

There are accounts which specialise in publishing deleted Tweets and social media entries.

It will be in your best interests to avoid publishing something which has the potential to embarrass you later, rather than being embarrassed by something before you accept that this statement is true. 

 Social media options: 

There are a range of social media options for you to use.

I am going to focus on the ones that are more mainstream. That’s the ones which are more likely to reach the people who are likely to vote for you or support you in some other way. 

My best advice and suggestion would be to use all of them.

That way, you will reach a wider audience and find that they complement each other. 

They are: 

Using Facebook to get Elected

Facebook is a key tool in your election and campaign armory. It is a way to make direct links with voters and then build and develop a good relationship with them where you can keep them in touch with what you are doing and gain support by word-of-mouth as you keep moving on.  

As you are looking to work in and for the benefit of your community, you can easily set up a Facebook Page, which can be dedicated to what you are doing.

To do this, you will need a normal Facebook account. But you can and ideally should keep the two separate.

Once you are set up, Facebook will allow you to have an easy to remember address for your page like mine for this Book which is @HowToGetElected. 

This will be really useful to have on all of the literature you print and put through people’s doors.

Once you are set up, you can talk about everything you are doing. Add pictures and treat your Facebook Page like your own online news portal.

People like to read about their local area, and it will not take you long to work out what kind of stories will resonate with people, and how you need to present them in order to get through.

Publishing at least daily is a very good idea, because it keeps what you are doing looking fresh and like something that people now need.

Like most things, using Facebook is about practice. As long as you stick to the rules of using social media, you are unlikely to go wrong.

Using Twitter to get Elected

Twitter is a multipurpose election and campaigning tool, which has a broader focus than Facebook – but is just as good in getting your news out to the people who count.  

The key to twitter is being able to get your news out in as short a space as possible, either as a sentence or as a link to another one of your social media accounts, where you have a lot more information ready for your readers to visit and find out.

Always remember to keep the rules for social media in mind.

To set up a Twitter account, just visit Twitter (X) and follow the instructions.

Your Twitter address or ‘Username’ should be something that is easy to remember.

Ideally your Username will be your own name. But as more and more people join Twitter, it is possible that someone else, perhaps from the other side of the World will already have that name and be using it on Twitter too!

Your Username will be limited to a fixed number of digits, so you may need to be creative.

If your own name isn’t available in full, perhaps it could be something like @David_Village.

You will have choices – and it’s worth taking your time to decide.

You may be required to confirm your account with an e-mail confirmation or by providing your phone number. But this information will normally remain private and just between Twitter and you.

To begin with on the profile area of your Twitter Account, add a picture of yourself along with a brief description of what you are there to do. 

An address for your blog is a great idea, as you will quickly pick up interest in your published and pre-prepared material too.

On the Twitter account for this site – which you can find @How2GetElected, you will see that there is a logo and a background. 

You can do something like this too but remember that this is all about representing other people and as such, the focus in this sense should be about you. 

Have a quick look at my own Twitter account @AdamTugwell to see what I have done there.   

Subscribing:

Twitter or ‘X’ does give you the option to subscribe and get a blue tick, with the added ability to write much longer tweets or posts.

There really is no need to pay for these services and it will be one less thing to remember for your election expenses if you do not.

The key thing is to make sure that you write every tweet or post as a conversation piece – even though it is very short and use words like place names to help others who are searching for news in your area.

People will soon start following you and look for your posts if you keep them useful and informative.

32. Using Blogs to get Elected

Hands up, blogs are a really good tool for getting your message ‘out there’.

What is more, you can easily post links straight to your Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn Accounts, and if you set up and use one of the main platforms such as WordPress or Blogger, these free and easy to use tools will provide easy to link options as part of the publishing process.  

Writing a blog can be the foundation of your campaign to get elected and be a brilliant reference point for all that you do.

To get the very best from your blog, it is essential that you write frequently, write like you are having a conversation, and keep writing about the material which is important to all that you do.

You have the flexibility to add pictures and links, references to other sites and even downloads such as questionnaires or your campaign addresses.

You will not go far wrong if you stick to the rules of using social media too.

Whilst there are other platforms available, I would advise only using WordPress or Blogger, simply because they are free, and have been developed to make life very easy for people who want to do what you are planning to do.

Your blog address is important and should be based on your name or the area where you will be working. 

You can pay for your own domain address if you would like to, if it’s available.

For example, for the Blog I still publish, I started with www.adamtugwell.wordpress.com, but upgraded this one by purchasing the domain name www.adamtugwell.blog. However, the Blog I have online which carries a lot of the things I published when I was a Councillor between 2007 and 2015 can be found at www.ashchurchwithwaltoncardiff.wordpress.com . 

Please bear in mind that if you buy a domain during and only for use during the formal election campaign, you are likely to have to add this to your election expenses!

I suggest you have a good look at WordPress and Blogger and see which you feel comfortable with most.

WordPress

WordPress is accessed directly, and you can explore the options for setting up an account at www.wordpress.com

There are many free templates available, as well as the more sophisticated versions that you can buy.

The free ones are perfectly fine, and after a little editing, will look very personal to you.

To see my own WordPress-based Blog, please visit www.adamtugwell.blog

Blogger

Blogger is much like WordPress, except that it is based on having an account with Google first – which you may already have. 

Like WordPress, the site is basically free to use. There are many templates to choose from and you can create a really good online presence which is personal to you.

33. Using LinkedIn to get Elected

Of the online social media tools, I have highlighted on How to get Elected, LinkedIn is probably going to be least effective in connecting with voters. 

That’s not to say LinkedIn doesn’t have its uses. But as what is probably best described as Facebook for professionals, it is much more effective as a networking tool and as a way to get yourself literally linked to a wider audience and like-minded people doing what you are doing, but outside the geographical area where you are working.

It is still worth having a LinkedIn account, even if you do not want to pursue links with other people planning to do what you are doing, as there are likely to be at least a few residents or business owners operating in the area you wish to target who only use this type of social media.

Setting up an Account is easy if you follow the link www.linkedin.com , and once you have set up a profile, all you need do is post your blog, Facebook and Twitter posts to your LinkedIn account.

You will soon find people wanting to ‘Link’, and it’s always worth having a look at their profile to see who they are and what they do before you accept.

Find me at www.linkedin.com/in/adamtugwell

33. Using video to get Elected

Depending upon how confident you feel about using film, an increasingly effective way to reach the people you are asking to vote for you will be by publishing videos using YouTube and TikTok – especially if you are running a campaign over a larger area where it will be very difficult for you to visit every voter.

Contrary to what a lot of the posts will tell you if you research making videos for these platforms, you do not need to invest lots of money in expensive cameras to film yourself speaking for what will ideally be no more than a minute or two at a time – to create what is called a ‘short’.

Shorts are all you need to produce to connect with voters and can be filmed by using the video function on a smartphone with the screen-side camera facing you.

If you follow the basic rules for social media; treat it like you are having a conversation with one person, and make sure you use content that is relevant to the area and the people you are reaching out to, you may be surprised by the response.

Both YouTube and TikTok provide smartphone apps, although it may be best to set up your accounts and profiles on a desktop first.

Please note that using video or any digital platform as the preferred option in a local election campaign is not a good idea, especially when seeking election to the most local Tiers of Government such as Parish & Town or Borough & District Councils, as a lot of the people you need to reach – and more importantly CAN reach by knocking on their front door – will not be using these services. Video for the more local elections will just be added value – IF you have the time!

Part 4 – The Election

34. The Electoral Commission

In a democratic system, it is important that the rules governing elections are kept as far away from political influence as possible. 

Sometimes, this isn’t possible as decisions are too big to not be made by the sitting government.

But as far as the management of elections and the money involved in financing political campaigns is concerned, the independent body that oversees and regulates all of this is called the Electoral Commission.

Your local Democratic Services Department manages the elections under its control according to the rules that have been set by the Electoral Commission.

I strongly recommend that you visit the Electoral Commission Website and download the relevant candidate guides and read them too, as they will be a great help in providing you with a clear view of the rules which as a candidate you will be expected to adhere to.

Whilst you are campaigning and during an election itself, your point of contact on the official side of everything will be your local Democratic Services Department. However, it is very useful to understand the rules that they are working to, just in case they don’t always get everything right.

Please visit http://www.electoralcommission.org.uk

35. Election Expenses

As a candidate, it’s really important that you understand that there are rules governing elections that you MUST follow.   

If you don’t follow the rules, you could find yourself being disqualified as a candidate before you even get started on your formal campaign.

If elected, you could find yourself losing your seat.

Worse still, you could even find yourself being charged with a criminal offence.

Some of the most important rules you need to focus on as early as you can, are those concerning your election expenses.

The basic rules:

All candidates running in the same election or Ward/Division/Constituency are entitled to spend the same amount on their election campaign.

You can spend less than the allocated spend for your election if you wish. But you cannot spend more, as this would give you an unfair advantage in a democratic process.

You (or your election agent) MUST submit a signed declaration of your election expenditure after the election has taken place. The information you provide must be accurate to the best of your knowledge and understanding.

As an independent, whatever you spend on an election campaign must be provided or financed by you or by your supporters.

There is currently no public funding available for election campaigns in the UK of any kind.

If you have no formal organisation supporting you, it is essential that you keep a record of where any money, goods or services ‘in kind’ you have received have come from, along with the financial value of what you have received to support your campaign.

How much you can spend on your election campaign:

The key information you will need about how much you can spend on your election campaign should be contained within the candidate pack you will receive from the Democratic Services Department. However, the Democratic Services Department will answer questions for you concerning election finances when information is available. 

If you are not provided with the figure for your specific maximum election spend by the Democratic Services Department, you will need two figures to calculate what you can spend in total on your election campaign. 

The figures needed to calculate your election spend:

  • The total number of voters in the Ward or Division where you are going to be a candidate. [Electorate]
  • The allowance or allocation per voter for the Ward or Division where you are going to be a candidate. [Allocation]

The total number of voters will be available from the Electoral Roll and can be checked with the Democratic Services Department. 

The Allocation figure – per voter, should be in your candidate pack.

The calculation for your maximum election spend can be made as follows:

Electorate  x  Allocation  =  Maximum Election Spend

For example, in a Ward with an Electorate or total of 2149 people registered to vote, where the spend or Allocation per voter is 39p (£0.39), the Maximum Election Spend would be £838.11 (Eight Hundred and Thirty-Eight Pounds and Eleven Pence)

The calculation would be as follows:

2149 x 0.39 = 838.11

The Allocation per voter will probably sound small when you first see it and will almost certainly be in a multiple of Pence. But when you calculate your budget in this way, it will begin to make a lot more sense.  

What you can spend your budget on:

What you spend your election budget on is where you need to be really careful.

Anything you spend on your campaign – either directly OR indirectly, is likely to be considered as an election expense.

This means that if you have 5 volunteers helping you during the campaign and after canvassing one day you all go to the pub and you buy them lunch, the value of the bill you pay for the food and drink you all consume might be considered as an election expense.

What you should spend your budget on will be things like:

• Printing

• Paper

• Printer Cartridges

• Design & Artistic Work (If you cannot do it yourself or find a volunteer to assist)

• Phone calls

• Rosettes

• Stickers

• Loud hailer or megaphone hire

You will need to be frugal and buy only what you need.

Anything purchased specifically for the election must be accounted for – even if you do not use it or need it. 

Make sure you buy the minimum number of extra items possible to allow for mistakes, damage and wastage and no more.  

You do not have to account for the time of volunteers, no matter what they do for you, as long as they have not been paid by you, or by someone else on behalf of you – even if that payment was offered by a third party as a gift.

Ideally, your expenditure should be for goods and services ONLY. Otherwise, things will get messy and probably expensive very quickly. Your budget won’t go that far!

REMEMBER:

You only have to stick to the rules on Election Expenses during the formal Election Period.

Whatever work you have done and whatever you have spent and used BEFORE the Election is formally called will not count as part of your Election Expenses.

This is why giving yourself as much time as possible to campaign and develop your presence in the community BEFORE an election is potentially so beneficial. 

 You can begin your campaign at any time! 

Other: 

If you are unsure of anything at any stage, ALWAYS give the Democratic Services Department a call and preferably obtain the response you need by e-mail.     

36. Proposers, Seconders & Signatories to support your Nomination

To formally become a candidate in a Local Election, once the election has been called, you will need to submit the signatures of a Proposer and a Seconder (for All Elections) on your Nomination Form, which will normally be provided as part of the Candidate Pack.

For elections to District Level Authorities and above, you will also be required to submit the signatures of a further eight people (Signatories) who support your Nomination as a Candidate.

All of these signatures MUST come from residents who live within the Ward or Division in which you are seeking election, who in turn MUST themselves be recorded and eligible to vote on the Electoral Roll for that same area.

It is a very good idea to work out who you are going to ask to be your Proposer, your Seconder and your other Signatories as early as you possibly can.

In all cases, you must make your Proposers, Seconders and Signatories aware that their name will be noted as a public record, and that they be published as part of the Formal Notice of Candidates, which will be circulated locally within the Ward or Division once the Nomination window has closed and all Candidates for the Election in that area have been recognised.

If your Proposer or Seconder are unhappy with being publicly recognised for their support of your candidacy, you should not use their signatures.

In no circumstances should you use any signature without them being aware of what it has been used for.

REMEMBER:

It’s really easy to make a mistake on Nomination Papers. Not in the sense of what information you give generally, but by using a Proposer, Seconder or Signatory who isn’t eligible to support you.

If this happens and you submit your Nomination Papers, the Democratic Services Department will reject your Nomination and you will have to start all over again – and when I say start all over again, that means going back to all of your Signatories and getting them to sign again, because you cannot make changes to your Nomination Form!

The best ways to make sure you remove as much risk of a problem as possible are as follows:

  • Check with your Proposer, Seconder and Signatories that they are ALL happy to support you, and have their name recognised in the public domain.
  • Check that your Proposer, Seconder and Signatories are ALL eligible voters and that present on the Electoral Roll for the Ward or Division where you will be seeking election.
  • If possible, have two different sets of Signatories. Yes, that’s 2x Proposers, 2x Seconders, 16x normal Signatories and complete 2 separate Nomination Forms. (Check with your Democratic Services Department if they will allow you to make copies. Otherwise, make sure you get yourself a duplicate set of Candidate Forms)
  • Obtain ALL of your signatures as early as possible during the Formal Campaign.
  • Submit your completed Candidate Forms to your Democratic Services Department as early as possible – just in case you need to correct a mistake! (You will normally be given a schedule of dates with the Candidate Pack and from this will be able to find out when the Democratic Services Department will be making appointments to receive Candidate submissions. Get an appointment as early as possible!)

SUGGESTIONS:

  • DO NOT simply accept a Proposer’s, Seconder’s or Signatories word that they are on the Electoral Roll without checking that they are. (Some people are unaware that they are not Registered. Others never got around to Register. A few may have even lost their Registration without being aware. It doesn’t matter why they aren’t there; you need signatures from people who are OR YOUR CANDIDACY WILL NOT BE VALID!!!)

37. Your Manifesto & Election Pledges

Getting elected is rarely about just one issue. Different people have different priorities and in terms of the people we elect to represent us locally, our choices will be formulated no differently.

Realistically, this means that even if there is one local issue that you feel really passionate about, you will need to broaden your understanding of and response to other issues too. 

You need to be able to communicate what you have to offer in a way that will appeal to all of your potential voters. Not just a few.

Questionnairescanvassing and identifying the issues is a process which takes time, but is well worth it. 

It means that when the time for your election campaign arrives, you will be equipped and have a good understanding of 3 to 5 real issues facing people locally – perhaps more. Issues that you can use to develop a Manifesto upon which you will build your Campaign. Issues upon which you can base your Pledges – that’s your commitment to voters regarding what you will aim to do.

Your Election Pledges need to be realistic, but aspirational. Solid, but with an open appreciation of what the political environment may allow you to achieve or realistically do. Simple, but with an understanding of the complexity of what it takes to get things done in government.

It is important that you never lie. That you never create issues just to get attention. Or make promises that you know you can never keep.

Always be sure that your Election Pledges reflect what you can realistically influence and not responsibilities of another authority – i.e. relating to something that in the role you would be elected to, you could never actually do.

Use language that shows enthusiasm for what you are doing, as genuine passion always has an advantage in gaining support and convincing people that you can win.

However, you should never mislead people by talking in a way which you know deep down is not you or shows you to be something that you know you are not.

REMEMBER:

You can fight for anything. But there is a difference between saying you will fight for something and saying you will change something. 

Be honest about your plans and what you know you can actually do.

People will then be far more supportive of you.

Some ideas for Pledges:

Unless you are campaigning with a running mate in a multiple seat Ward or Division, you should never have the same Election Pledges as any other Candidate. Even then, you might only share a few. 

From this point of view, it is essential that you identify your own issues as the basis for your Election Pledges and Manifesto. 

The issues which will appeal to most people can usually be narrowed down to a few. 

It will be useful for you to research and understand how they relate to the local people who you are going to ask to vote for you and tailor them to your area. 

These may include: 

• Anti-social behaviour 

• Building on the Greenbelt 

• Buses and Public Transport 

• Bus Shelters 

• Council Tax 

• Community Resources & Public Buildings (Museums, Recreation Centres etc.) 

• Community Transport 

• Dog Bins 

• Environment 

• Flooding & Flood Protection 

• Green Spaces 

• Libraries 

• Litter 

• Local Grants 

• Parking 

• Planning 

• Policing 

• Potholes 

• Refuse Collections 

• Road Safety 

• Social care 

• Schools 

• Speeding 

• Street Cleansing 

• Young People 

REMEMBER: Depending on the level and type of authority you are seeking election to, you will be restricted to what you can actually influence or do. Do not make promises you know you can never keep!

38. Your Competition

Unless you are fortunate enough to find yourself in an uncontested election, you will have competition from other candidates during the Election Campaign itself, and possibly before it too.

It’s very easy to lose focus on what you are doing yourself and be unsettled by what other candidates might be doing, particularly if they publish a message which sounds very strong, or they are featured by the local media in some way when you have not.

This experience is quite normal for anyone getting into politics for the first time, and one that even a lot of experienced politicians have too!

What you should bear in mind is that when you are promoting a message and ‘putting yourself out there’ in public, it is perfectly normal to become sensitive to anything that might bring into question what you are doing. 

The good news is that this is normally an emotional response rather than a logical one.

In fact, your competition will very probably feel in some way insecure when they become aware of anything you do! 

These kinds of response are normal.

The very important thing that you need to remember is that every moment you spend worrying about your competition or what they are doing is a moment that you could have spent positively promoting yourself or the work that you have, could and will do.

As far as your competition is concerned, keep perspective on everything you hear. It is in their interests to make you feel uncomfortable and all you need to be focused on is everything that you do.

Run your own race!

39. Election Agents

Once you have your Candidate Pack and the Formal Election Campaign is underway, you will hear a lot about Election Agents.


Don’t worry. It sounds like a very important role. But in a council election, you are unlikely to ever need one as an independent candidate.

In fact, it is not uncommon for Election Agents to delay things for candidates who are running on behalf of a Political Party, who are unlikely to have a choice whether they use one or not.

You could say that an Election Agent is rather like a candidate manager who is recognised formally by the Electoral Process.

An Election Agent can do many things on your behalf, including submitting your Candidate Forms and your Election Return, after the Results are known.

They can also assume the role of key point of contact with the Democratic Services Department and be the first port of call if there is a legal issue during the campaign.

As a lone, independent or non-aligned candidate, there will be very little benefit to you having an Election Agent.

In many ways it will be much better for you to assume the responsibilities of being your own Agent, unless you are able to rely on the support of an Agent who has experience of the Electoral System and running in elections previously.

The Political Parties usually have professional Election Agents who will work from a local or regional office, where in some cases several Election Agents will be based.

Whilst they can take away a lot of the administrative requirements of the Election Process, they are also likely to be responsible for and carrying out the same role for all the candidates running for that Party in that same Election.

As such, times and deadlines can be stretched by the efforts of candidates which might not be as sharp as your own, as a Party Election Agent will group all of your submissions together, in order to save on their time.

40. The opening of Postal Votes

Postal Votes have to be in before Election Day, and a special session will be called for the Opening of Postal Votes for Each Ward and Division.

Your local Democratic Services Department will be able to tell you when the Postal Votes will be opened for your area.

You will be allowed to attend, perhaps with one other person. But you will normally be expected to confirm who will be attending prior to the session itself.

Attendance is not required, and your time is likely to be better used working on your Election Campaign, talking to potential voters and knocking on doors.

The Agents for the Political Parties usually attend the Opening of Postal Votes on behalf of candidates, just to check that procedures are followed and everything appears normal.

The process is usually governed very tightly in order to prevent observers from gaining an idea of how the Postal Votes have been allocated.

What you should remember is that with Postal Votes being cast earlier in the Election, the Result can look very different when the Postal Votes are opened, to that which is confirmed at the Count itself.

41. Election Day

Election Day itself is likely to be the busiest day of your election campaign.

Why? – Because you do need to remind people to vote!!!

If you have enough money left within your Election Expenses Budget, the first thing you can do – preferably before people have left for work, is deliver an additional ‘get out the vote’ leaflet or note, just to remind people that its Election Day and you are hoping for their support.

During the day itself, you should visit all the Polling Stations that are serving the Ward or Division where you are seeking election.

The staff running the Polling Stations have often committed themselves to the full fifteen-hour day and perhaps more, so politely introducing yourself and perhaps thanking them too will be a great way to show your support and appreciation.

If you have been told by older or infirm Voters within the Ward or Division that they are going to Vote for you, there is nothing wrong with offering them a lift and helping them to the door of the Polling Station and back.

This is something you need to be minded of whilst you are canvassing for planning ahead.

If you have enough support, you can appoint ‘tellers’ to ask and monitor how many of the people who said they would Vote for you have actually attended, as they leave the Polling Station. (You/They can cross off the names of Voters supporting you against the notes you have made on a copy of the Electoral Roll)

This is a long and boring task and requires people who have a lot of patience, as Voters are under no obligation to tell anyone how they voted, and tellers will as such often find themselves rebuffed.

The benefit of appointing tellers is that as the evening of Election Day arrives, you can target your missing voters and literally ‘knock them up’ to remind them to get out and vote. 

Believe me, it certainly works, and I have witnessed candidates knocking on doors as late as 9pm to gather perhaps no more than 15 votes in that last stage of the day, then going on to secure their seat by only 10!

When the Polling Stations have closed, there should be enough time to get freshened up and have a quick bite to eat before the Count will be ready to begin, if the Count is taking place immediately after the Polls have closed. 

My best advice is that you use this time well. Because an overnight Count can make your Election Day a very long one indeed!

42. The Count

When you’ve got to the very end of the Election Campaign and Election Day itself, the only thing left when the Polling Stations close at 10pm is the Count itself.

What usually happens next is usually a mad dash between the Polling Stations and the venue that has been selected to hold the Count.

Local Authority Election Counts can be delayed if the Election Day itself is shared with a National Election or Referendum, or if the local authority managing the elections has chosen to do so. If this is the case, the Count is most likely to take place during business hours on the Friday after the Election. 

The time of the Count itself is always at the discretion of the Returning Officer who will be in charge at the Count itself.

The Count will begin as soon as possible at the allotted time but can be delayed if Ballot Boxes have been delayed or if a complaint has been made regarding the conduct of the Election.

As a candidate, you will automatically be invited to the Count and asked to identify anyone you wish to take with you, as access is normally by invitation only. 

It is normal to take your spouse or partner along with your agent and/or some close family members or people who have worked on your campaign.

The number of those able to attend will be limited. So don’t be disappointed if you are only able to take one or two key people with you.

There are no rules that say candidates must attend the Count. So, if you feel you would rather not go, nobody will chase you.

Once the Count begins, not all Wards and Divisions will be counted at the same time and you may have to wait for your own Count to begin – so take refreshments or have money available to buy some, as these will normally be provided. (Check with your Democratic Services Department if you are unsure)

When your Count is underway, you and your representatives will be allowed to watch the counting take place.

It is a really good idea to take this opportunity to watch as you will soon begin to get an idea of how the election has gone for you.

When the Count has been completed, the Returning Officer will speak to the Candidates quietly first, to confirm the results.

If the Count is very close, you can request a recount. 

Recounts are worth requesting if there are literally only a few votes between winning a seat and not being elected.

A small margin of error is always possible, and I have seen an independent win a seat against a Party Candidate on a recount, when the initial count had suggested a result that went the other way!

When the results are either clear, or have been accepted by all the Candidates, the Returning Officer will then formally announce the Result of the Election to the Hall.

The good thing about being told quietly first is that if the result has been a disappointment, you will have a few moments to gather yourself before everyone else is told.

Regrettably, Counts can feel pretty raucous at times, especially if the members of political party are in a competitive mood and forget what public elections are actually about. 

The thing to remember is that it is all noise and even Candidates who are seeking election for the 3rd or perhaps 4th time will be feeling very nervous up and until the Results are finally in and confirmed.

Part 5 – Being a good representative

43. Ethics & Principles for Politics

Regrettably, we live at a time when many people think that all politicians lie and that they don’t have any principles.  

Some of today’s politicians have adopted the principle that if they tell people things are different, they simply will be different. 

They won’t. 

As you are here reading How to get Elected, I am hopeful that you are one of a growing number of public minded individuals who want to put aside self-interest, and work towards the goal of creating something better for all. Whether that should be working alone or working with other like-minded people – no matter what background they might come from.

Having rules that you stick to – a personal code if you like, is essential to have in your toolkit, if you are determined to succeed as a local campaigner and good politician, working towards the goal of delivering something better for all.

Ultimately, we all have the ability to make choices and decisions which rise above any form of bias and focus on the best results for all – even when those around us argue that we are being impractical or suggest that we simply don’t understand how everything works.

Doing what is right can be a very lonely place. But you can always sleep at night, if you always stick to what you know to be right, remain open to changing your mind when you realise you are wrong, and treat others with respect and courtesy at all times – even when their behaviour has upset you in some way, you will never go far wrong.

Following next are the few basic principles that all politicians could benefit from adopting, using and ‘living’ in politics.

If we all did so, this Country would soon become a very different place!

People before Politics.

Every decision that politicians make should be focused on the benefit to the majority of people; not the priorities of the few or of the politicians themselves.

Practicality before Perfection.

We all like the idea of living in a perfect world, but perfection can only ever be an aim in an imperfect world and politicians must make decisions based upon their practical impact; not just on what they would like to see.

Policies made in isolation lead to isolationist Policies.

Just as one policy may be used as an excuse not for enacting another, new policies should not be created without consideration of their real impact upon or collectively with others. 

Politicians now need to review the whole system and not use the size of this task as an excuse for not doing so.

Politics is better when it isn’t Personal.

Politics should never be about personalities and when it is, it is a sure sign that those talking are thinking primarily about themselves.

Fear is no excuse in itself.

Any policy made only with emotion and feeling in mind does not consider the wider picture and the full implications. 

Too many decisions have historically been made by politicians because of a climate of fear. 

Over-reaction and under-reaction can be destructive in equal measure.

However emotive a subject can be, emotions are personal and do not reflect consideration for what is best for the majority in its strictest and most comprehensive sense.

One size never fits all.

We are all different and policies must recognise and embrace those differences in all ways, but without recourse to any form of discrimination whether that be positive or negative.

Decisions affecting us all similarly should be made by central government, whilst decisions based upon locality should rest in the locality with local people and their public representatives.

Central government has as much responsibility to reflect, consider and act upon the decisions made by local representatives as it does have the right to ask others to respect the decisions which are made universally for us all.

Lifestyle choices should be for those living that life.

The preferences and actions of individuals should never be questioned or put in doubt so long as they do not compromise the physical safety, security, lifestyle and freedom of choice of others.

A crisis of conscience for one, is no excuse to obstruct the lifestyle choices of another.

Government should never support it as such.

44. Make critical thinking your second nature

Sadly, critical thinking – or the skill of breaking down information and identifying the relevant points and facts within a message, is not something that is often taught in a way which really helps people to become discerning in respect of what they read, hear or see.

We’ve all heard of ‘fake news’.

So much of the information we receive is now being questioned that we can easily fall into the trap of discounting or ignoring sources which we do not already know or use – just because they are unfamiliar, whilst we can also place too much reliance upon the sources that we have always used.

A significant level of the content of all news we access is simply opinion. Whilst an ‘angle’ makes us feel happy when we are reading a source with which we unthinkingly identify with (The paper we have always read, or a political blog which echo’s the particular brand of politics we follow etc.), it is easy, even for the most intelligent of us to overlook key facts, events and possibilities, when the noise of the writer or speakers opinion has drowned out the points which are not a key part of what they want us to hear.

Giving a genuine voice and true leadership to voters requires politicians and community representatives to have an open mind; to be able to analyse information and pick out the relevant details or salient points – often in real time, which could be a conversation or a debate, and then effectively translate it in terms of its impact(s) and consequence(s).

In the local and national news

The good thing about critical thinking is it is a skill which can be learned and developed.

Focusing on points of information about actions taken and events that have already happened, rather than what a commentator thinks about it OR what they are speculating will happen as a result of an action or event, is a very good place to begin.

Equally, information about planned or scheduled events is helpful to know.

Whereas what a commentator tells us they think is likely to happen during that event helps nobody.

If you only follow news from one or perhaps two different sources each day, it would be sensible to start following other sources too, and definitely ones which you might immediately feel uncomfortable about planning to read or follow.

If you follow the headlines from all the main newspapers and magazines on your Facebook feed, or on Twitter for instance (No you don’t need to subscribe to them all), you will soon start to become attuned to the real content of the news and start disregarding the noise that you have no need to follow.

Word of mouth, gossip and the things that ‘people you know’ tell you

As a potential candidate, thinking about running in a local council election, it’s easy to ignore the national news and to think the rules for the local information that ‘finds its way to you’ are different.

It isn’t.

They aren’t.

If anything, you would be wise adopt an even more robust approach to dealing with the information which finds its way to you by ‘word of mouth’ and gossip – which in this sense means anything that ANYBODY in your community tells you, that you would not otherwise have been aware of.

Inhabitants of the political world, whether they are politicians, activists, officers or community workers, can be some of the worst gossips you could imagine.

It is easy to become snared in the elephant trap of assumed truth, trusting a source which has told you something that they heard from someone else, who heard it from someone else, who themselves heard it from someone else who was actually there when something happened…

Things to consider when you receive information:

  • TRUST NOTHING YOU CANNOT SUBSTANTIATE!!!
  • Run your own race. DO NOT unwittingly become the voice or mouthpiece for someone else’s campaign – whatever it might be, as their words can easily invalidate your own.
  • Always listen carefully to everyone, whether you consider them to be friends or foes. Filter out their opinion from what they say or write and translate the validity of the messages that they are really providing.
  • Do not repeat, resend or retain gossip or speculation in any form UNLESS you need to do so for purposes such as making a legitimate complaint about someone else’s conduct or behaviour to an appropriate authority.
  • If the news you are given could be useful, check out the facts and confirm whether the information is true.
  • ALWAYS validate information you are going to base or build an argument upon.
  • If you have ‘validated’ information, keep a record of the source and if possible, a link to any articles, documents or copies of the information that you have found.
  • Quote these sources when you speak or write. But only repeat or reproduce the information exactly as it was published by the original source. NEVER CHANGE ANYTHING YOU USE FROM ANOTHER SOURCE – NO MATTER HOW TEMPTING OR EASY IT MAY SEEM
  • Follow as many different news sources as possible on Facebook and Twitter.
  • Watch the news and make notes of what the news actually is.
  • Watch current affairs programmes and focus on the facts which guests use to build their arguments vs the opinion they wrap around them.

45. Know your stuff

We have sadly become all too familiar with politicians talking around questions when being interviewed, rather than giving a direct answer or any meaningful facts.

Worse still, it is becoming increasingly popular to ‘double down’, backing up or repeating such responses and the opinions which surround them, simply because some people think by doing so will make any difficult questions go away.

They don’t. And being seen to be deliberately economic with the truth, or ‘spinning’ news in a way which suits politicians or their party’s needs has played a very big part in the developing mistrust of those in public life.

Whenever you speak, write or even publicly discuss issues – whether difficult to address or not, it is vital to have researched, understood and retained as many of the key facts that you can, and to have developed a viewpoint or interpretation which fits with the information you have received.

Facts and the genuine knowledge that you have are the anchors which give you credibility in the public eye.

Writing & producing literature

When writing about topics, you will normally have the luxury of time to validate information and facts before you send or publish whatever you have produced.

It is a very good habit to use that information and ensure that you have included as much factual data as you can to support your argument or conclusions.

Speaking, debate & Interviews

The upside of public speaking, debate and scheduled interviews is that you will normally be aware of what you will be asked to talk about, or what specific points or issues you may wish to raise.

As with writing or preparing documents that you will later publish, you should research your subject well, prepare key facts to support what you will say and be comfortable that you can communicate your interpretation without losing your way or talking your way around the houses.

The downside of public speaking, debate and interviews of any kind is that it is likely that you will be asked questions to which you have not prepared a response.

If you keep on top of your subject and think about the implications of all new facts as you do so, your preparedness will allow you to provide responses that demonstrate how well researched you are.

Sometimes, you will be asked a question of some kind for which it was in no way possible to prepare. When you do, don’t bluff, blag or be tempted to lie or shift the focus on to something or someone else.

The best thing you can do is come clean; be honest and tell the interviewer or person questioning you that you don’t have that information to hand; that you were unaware of the events/actions that they have raised, or that you are not in a position to comment at that stage.

Even a Prime Minister, with all the support that they have, can and will be caught out by questions that they were not expecting.

It is human to not have the answers to everything and the people who might vote for you will think of you as being much stronger for being consistently honest, rather than if you lie in an attempt to cover up feeling momentarily weak or vulnerable.

SUGGESTIONS:

  • Be as prepared as possible.
  • Research your subjects as widely as you can.
  • Use credible sources for information.
  • When you write, use facts and validated information as anchors to build your arguments and conclusions upon.
  • Use links to your sources as much as possible.
  • When you are going to be interviewed or speak publicly and know what you might be talking about, research the subject and have your facts and interpretation ready.
  • If you are asked a question in which the questioner provides news or information you were previously unaware of, do not respond to the information it as if it were a credible fact. Be clear that you are unaware and would need to check or review that information before commenting further.
  • If you don’t know the answer to a question, come clean and be honest. Say you don’t know and never be tempted to lie – no matter how easy it might feel to do so.
  • If you feel put on the spot, don’t point the finger, start blaming others or make it personal about someone else in an attempt to get yourself out of bother.

46. Make yourself available

If you are taking your responsibility to the community seriously, you will need to accept that people will contact you at times which suit them, rather than times that ideally suit you.

People see councillors, public representatives and politicians differently to themselves. 

As such, they have very different expectations, and it is important that you always keep this in mind.

Using e-mail as a standard communication medium can be a great help. But there are still many people who prefer to speak in person or by phone, and they will expect you to make yourself available at a time that will work for them.

The idea of making yourself available is more frightening than the reality will be. 

The times when you will have to go out on dark nights, early on Sunday mornings or at times you might think your community work could get in the way of other things in your life will probably be few and far between. But when they come, it will be essential that you allow as little as possible to get in the way.

The upside is that if you don’t put unnecessary walls in the way of providing access to people who want to take you up on the offer of help, people will rarely be ungrateful for the work that you do, even if it is not necessarily apparent.

If you do receive messages or requests for visits that you cannot immediately respond to properly or are for some reason unable to accommodate, you should always respond and briefly explain the delay and what you plan to do.

47. Always respond to legitimate Communication

From the moment you begin campaigning, it is likely that people will contact you by phone, text, e-mail or social media.

When you receive genuine enquiries – no matter who they are from, you should ALWAYS respond.

If you cannot answer a question or provide the information that the person is seeking immediately, respond and let them know what you intend to do.

DON’T promise to respond by a certain date or time, if speaking or obtaining information from other people is involved.

DON’T commit to delivering an outcome or to doing anything where you have no control over the results.

If you have said you will get back in touch with someone, make sure that you do.

If you cannot help someone, be honest and tell them why. If possible, signpost or introduce them to someone who can.

People will be very understanding when you communicate openly and are honest with them. However, they will soon lose patience and may even be happy to tell others how they feel they have been wronged if you don’t.

If any direct messages you receive are rude, threatening or clearly political in nature, there is no need to respond, and you may be best advised not to do so. 

If you feel threatened, you should report this to an appropriate authority.

Responding to proper questions or comments on social media can be difficult when there is an audience involved. If you receive an open message which other people can see but involves providing a response which would be inappropriate for others to read – for instance if it involves contact details, names of others or private information, you should respond only by asking the person contacting you to get in touch in a direct or private way.

You can then deal with the matter with due regard to privacy etc.

Unless you are very confident using social media, it is advisable not to get into any form of debate with anyone on any social media platform.

There are many users of these platforms who deliberately attempt to ‘bait’ other users and draw them into making comments which could be embarrassing or used to paint others in a negative light.

Avoid them and what they are doing whenever and wherever possible!   

48. Never make it personal

To get a real idea of what it is actually like to be a local councillor and politician, it is important to talk about how you can very quickly make life unnecessarily difficult for others and make yourself very unpopular too.

Believe it or not, making things personal as a campaigner, activist or politician whilst working in the community and in public, is probably one of the worst things anyone can ever do.

If you genuinely want to take responsibility on behalf of others, you will need to understand and also accept that people who disagree with you will often see you personally as the problem, rather than paying any regard to the quality of your arguments or the facts that you use to make your case.

Think about how you might feel if someone else has a platform to speak on that you do not. They might be saying things that you don’t agree with, or perhaps even know to be completely wrong. 

It can make you feel angry. You might feel desperate to speak. Worse still, you might even feel that because they seem to be the one that people are listening to, that what you have to say yourself will actually be what everyone else sees as being wrong.

When that kind of feeling or emotion takes over – and I can assure you that it does for even the most confident public speakers and debaters you could think of, it is essential to keep your cool. 

You should never resort to becoming angry and making what could be a knee-jerk response to what you are experiencing as feeling a type of pain. 

Reacting like this will almost certainly look and feel like you are making your response about them – and by them, I mean about them personally

Being a good and effective politician is about allowing the strength and legitimacy of your arguments to win the day. Even when it might appear you haven’t actually won.

It might also help to understand that in most cases, those very same people who are upsetting you with what looks like ice-cold surety and confidence will be feeling exactly the same way as you do too!

Now that’s the easy bit. YES – THE EASY BIT!

Regrettably, that’s the proactive bit. It’s the approach you need to learn and practice all of the time.  

Unfortunately, the political environment often requires you to be responsive as well as proactive. 

Responding to politicians who make it personal

Many existing politicians do nothing other than make their arguments personal and about the person they are thinking or talking about.

When you are their target, never making it personal can be the last thing that you want to do.

However, this is the time when seeing such behaviour for what it is can really help you most of all.

Poor politicians make it personal when they aren’t in control of their arguments.

They deflect questions when they don’t know what they are doing.

When they have no idea how to solve a problem, how something works or they don’t have any idea what they should actually do, poor politicians use name calling and abuse as what they believe to be a way to make everyone think that they are actually at the top of their game.

When you are on the receiving end of rudeness and even angry or threatening behaviour, it becomes very difficult to respond in a positive, calm and generous way.

But with practice and patience, you will soon learn that arguments using you as the target, rather than what you do are never actually about you.

They are about how somebody else is feeling about what they are doing, and you will soon learn to respond in a very professional and understanding way.

Sadly, politicians who have built their success by being good at attacking others personally will rarely learn to do politics in any other way.

That’s why it is so important that politicians and community representatives who can take and exercise their responsibility in a better way, can work through these challenges and see them for what they are.

They will then be taken seriously and be respected for what they are trying to do for all.

49. Always check the cap is screwed tight on the tomato ketchup

You are probably wondering what on earth ‘always check the cap is screwed tight on the tomato ketchup’ could possibly be about. We are discussing How to get Elected after all!  

This page is about always paying attention to detail and remembering who we are.  A suggestion that you should never let your guard down in company wherever you might be.

Some cautionary advice is that you should always be minded that you never have genuine friends in politics, and you must therefore keep yourself very safe unless and until you are absolutely sure.

The reason for the title is it is perhaps the best way to illustrate the ubiquitous presence of otherwise meaningless opportunities for you to trip yourself up on a campaign, as a councillor or in politics if you lose focus and take your eyes off the ball.

Being a good campaigner, councillor and politician is about always being conscious of everything we do and the consequences thereafter. Not just in the big things, but in the small things too. Because in the reality which is politics, it can often be the detail which counts.

A Cautionary Campaign Tale…

In the Election Campaign leading to my first District Level Seat with Tewkesbury Borough Council, I was fortunate to be working with volunteers and other candidates running for the same Authority.

We were working together on the principle that many hands made light work (Which in politics is not necessarily the case as the more voters the actual candidate meets the better) and would spend evenings and Saturdays taking it in turns to cover significant parts of our respective target Wards.

After what felt like a successful Saturday morning covering a lot of the area, which was soon to become my Ward, we all headed off for lunch at the local Hungry Horse pub.

When the meal arrived, I immediately headed for the condiments table and returned with a glass bottle of Tommy K. 

As I neared the table, I began to shake the bottle, firing the cap and much of the contents across a wall and over one of the other candidates who had travelled some 10 miles or more to help.

I had been relaxed, excited about the feedback from our mornings work and was not thinking about where I was or who I was with.

I had let my guard down. 

I didn’t really know the people I was with and had lost sight of almost everything. Just because in that specific moment, we had all had commonality from our morning’s experience sharing just one thing.

How many other instances can you imagine where it would be easy for you to do exactly the same?

Part 6 – Other things to consider

50. News & Information Sources worth following

It is essential that you keep abreast of all the news which is relevant to your campaign and the authority you are hoping to join as a member.

This means it is not only wise to follow the news and publications from that authority itself, but to also follow the news and developments relating to ALL of the Tiers of Government and/or their representatives in the area which you will share if you are successfully elected.

For all of the local Tiers of Government (Parish/Town, Borough/District, County, MP, MEP)

  • Follow their Twitter Account
  • Follow their Facebook Page(s)
  • Follow/Read the council website
  • Follow/Read the MP/MEP’s website/blogs
  • Read any newsletters or community magazines that they produce

Other local sources

  • Follow/Read the websites of all the local branches of political parties
  • Follow local schools, community groups and membership organisations on Twitter and Facebook
  • Follow/Read the local newspaper(s) online, on Twitter and Facebook

National

  • Follow all of the national newspapers on Facebook and Twitter (see below)
  • Follow all of the political journals and commentary sites on Facebook and Twitter (see below)
  • Sign up to all ‘daily updates by e-mail’ opportunities
  • Sign up to updates from Parliament and the Office for National Statistics

Podcasts

Another source of good information is the growing list of podcasts and videos that are now available on many different platforms.

Like newspapers and the mainstream media, it is necessary to be aware that even the most entertaining and credible speakers on podcasts and videos can have their own agendas and may be watchable enough that the facts they share are easily overwhelmed by opinion.

My advice would be:

  1. Watch or listen to as many different podcasts or videos talking about the same issues as possible
  2. Always use critical thinking
  3. Pay close attention to who they are advertising and any companies or commercial interests that are supporting them
  4. Investigate anything that doesn’t make sense or that you find intriguing
  5. Be aware that sharing your ‘viewing or listening list’ with others may result in them making assumptions about your politics and beliefs – whether you cover all the bases or not.

Links

Below are some links to other Websites and Blogs which you might find useful. 

If you have a website or Blog which you feel may be useful to other readers of How to get Elected, please get in touch and let me know.

About becoming a Councillor:

www.gov.uk/government/get-involved/take-part/become-a-councillor

www.beacouncillor.co.uk

Data Protection:

www.ico.org.uk/

Find a Council:

When you become a Councillor:

51. Joining a Political Party

If you have found ‘How to get Elected’ whilst thinking about joining a political party to become a candidate in an election, you may still find some significant benefit from everything that this book can provide.

There are good and even great politicians within all of the political parties. However, there aren’t enough of them to make the difference that the electorate needs.

‘How to get Elected’ has been published to provide an alternative route to what the political parties currently offer.

Whilst the political parties pretty much have a monopoly on elections at Parliamentary level, independent candidates, or candidates affiliated with small or local political parties often have just as much opportunity as the main political parties to get elected locally, too.

The upside of joining a well-known political party is that you can lean on the experience of others whenever you need it. You may have access to and the support of volunteers and activists who will physically help to campaign on your behalf. You will also, almost certainly have an Election Agent provided by the local party who will keep you in line with Electoral Law requirements and have the costs of printing and potentially even the design of your campaign literature – which may be negligible – covered too.

The downside is that you will normally have to go through a selection process like applying for a job. Others – often sitting councillors or party officials will decide for you whether you are fit to be a party candidate and if you are, where you will be able to run. (This may not be where you live if the party already has incumbent councillors representing the seat who do not intend to ‘stand down’ at the next local election).

When you are campaigning as a party candidate, you will usually be expected to openly show support for other party candidates. This might mean campaigning in other areas or promoting affiliations that could be (seen as) negative towards your own campaign.

Once you have won a seat as a party candidate, the seat is never really considered to be truly representative for its specific electorate, or even to be your own by the party – even though you are the named candidate and occupant of the role.

The first call on your loyalty will always be to the Party.

If you would like to learn more about membership of the well-known existing political parties, please follow the links below:

The Conservative Party

The Green Party

The Labour Party

The Liberal Democrats

The Party of Wales (Plaid Cymru)

Reform UK

The Scottish National Party (SNP)

52. Getting Elected as an MP

In theory, it is possible for anyone to get elected as an MP, as long as they are eligible to become a candidate.

The reality is that our current political system doesn’t support candidates who are independent from the well-known political parties and without running for one of them (Conservatives, Labour, Liberal Democrats, Plaid Cymru, Reform or SNP) you are unlikely to pick up sufficient votes to even have your deposit returned. (Whilst no financial commitment is required to become a candidate for a Council Election, this is not the case if you wish to run for Parliament).

There are exceptions. For example, former BBC Reporter Martin Bell successfully won the Tatton Seat from the incumbent Tory MP Neil Hamilton in 1997, after both the Labour and Liberal Democrat Parties withdrew their candidates.

However, getting elected to Parliament as an independent is now incredibly rare, in no small part because of the very tribal way that people generally vote in national or General Elections.

Regrettably, it is because of the control that political parties have over the national elections, that so much power currently rests in the hands of a handful of people.

This is one of the key causes for so many of us feeling so disenfranchised by a political system which basically focuses not on the will of the electorate, but on the ideas and will of the few.

It would be wrong to discourage anyone from running as an independent candidate in a Parliamentary Election. But right now, the chances of even one being elected are very slim.

It is important to be aware that without a significant local issue that can really rally everyone to a single cause, you may well enjoy the experience of running, taking part in hustings and even having a little media attention too. But the upshot is that it could be extremely emotionally draining, and you will never match the resources and supporting infrastructure which the political parties have available to them for Elections of this scale and of this kind.

If you really want to make a difference as an Independent, getting elected to local government really is the best place to start, to learn and to really begin to make a difference!

Part 7 – Looking forwards to the future rather than backwards to the past

We do need new people to come forward; to bring change and to introduce a new dimension in politics; to create a new paradigm that genuinely serves the best interests of us all. 

But those who want change also have to see the situation for what it is, and ‘play the game’ that it has all become. 

As a population, we most certainly do deserve something better, and it is possible to have it too. 

We just have to be realistic about the route that we will have to travel to get there and what the true cost and implications of that journey might be. 

But if you are thinking about starting a party or standing in an election and you think that your own ideas are the best, or that your own interpretation of someone else’s political philosophy is the only way we will win; the fact is that we are already one person nearer to everyone losing a whole lot more. 

Can you be the independent or ‘open’ mind that will help the UK to decide? 

53. Starting something ‘new’ together

Even the most passionate and tribal political party supporters will struggle to avoid acknowledging the general disillusionment and feeling that many people now experience with British politics.

The fact is that all of the mainstream political parties – even Reform UK, will continue the same way that they currently doing so at their own – and our peril.

For many of us, seeing yourself as being cut off and without even the remotest hope of being able to influence anything in Government is not a pleasant experience. Least of all, when we see decisions being made which we can in no way relate to, or changes taking place in our own communities or neighbourhoods that simply have no reflection on what we or anybody else that we know seems to think or feel.

A lot of people toy with the idea of putting up or shutting up where today’s political mess is concerned.

It is also a pretty safe bet that whilst they may not openly talk about it, many of the people that you know will have experienced one of those moments where they just ‘know’ that things could somehow be a lot better and that the way things are today simply aren’t right.

Some already have the platform to speak loudly about the injustices of a political system that serves its own interests before anyone else. 

Yet many more normal people outside the world of politics and celebrity are frustrated by the seemingly endless status quo, where nothing ever changes for the better and politicians happily tell us that everything is improving when quite frankly, just about everyone but they seem to know that it really isn’t.

It comes as little surprise then, that in elections, a growing number of people are voting for political parties and independent candidates outside of the ‘traditional’ remits of the Conservative, Labour or Liberal Democrat Parties, and that there is in fact a growing number of political parties being established right across the UK.

Very few politicians are prepared to openly acknowledge the lack of balance and consideration for the consequences of ill-considered policy making throughout Government.

Those who genuinely do almost certainly share the desire of all people outside of politics to see something different to what everyone else today seems forced to experience.

However, those that do understand both the situation and the way that British politics works will also probably question just how much benefit the creation of a plethora of new movements will bring to us all. When what the UK needs is change of a very radical and meaningful kind. Change that we all need to experience right now.

The realities of starting a new political party

To get some real perspective on the impact a new political party is likely to have, the history of Reform UK provides a very clear guideline.

Originating as the Anti-Federalist League in the early 90’s, it took the movement over 20 years to get its first MP genuinely elected to Parliament under the UKIP banner and then, only through the focus of the electoral magnifying lens which is a Parliamentary By-Election.

With its basis as a three-stage single-issue party (AFL, UKIP and then The Brexit Party), before suggesting that Reform UK is itself a new broad-based party, it is arguably only what would be at very best a rare and perhaps unique combination of a cause célèbre – which gave UKIP a nationwide profile – and now the current political climate that leaves the electorate looking for change, which has placed the Reform Party in a position of being ‘mainstream electable’.

Had The European Union not been the UK’s political bogeyman for such a long time, the anti-EU movement itself would have almost certainly been absorbed by one or perhaps all of the main parties long ago, if indeed the creation of a new political stream beyond that of the others had been necessary in the first place.

This fact probably demonstrates the greatest threat to any new party, as finding traction with any issue that is palatable in mainstream thinking is unlikely to take place much before one or more of the other political parties adopts a position on the same footing.

We only need to observe the way that Labour and the Conservatives in particular are struggling to regain or rather recapture the initiative from Reform over issues such as illegal immigration to understand what happens when an issue finds its way from the outside into what political commentators might call the centre ground.

However, in this instance, we are again seeing party political machines manoeuvering themselves with the objective of securing future power, rather than engaging in any kind of meaningful change that demonstrates an understanding of the real issues which sit behind the public discontent.

As I write and edit the revised edition of How to get Elected in early 2025, it would certainly appear to be the case that if the current parliament in the Uk should go to full term, it is increasingly unlikely that substantial forms of both the Conservative and Reform UK parties will be left, and that the two will have amalgamated and become known as one or the other, or in some completely different way.

It is almost impossible to entertain the idea that anything ‘new’ will genuinely succeed in being the change, for as long as so many quietly remain comfortable with the status quo, even though the realities of managed decline are beginning to bite hard for some.

The Political Party Paradox:

We want change. We all know this. We also know that the establishment isn’t working for us. But it’s called the establishment for a very good reason.

When you consider the history and conditions which have supported the longevity and then the rise of Reform UK, you soon begin to realise that the biggest problem facing any new party will be its ability and likelihood of it becoming big enough to reach and engage enough people to gain the national level of recognition and momentum which could see it effect the kind of change that we all now actually need, when all of the political parties in the frame actually share so much in common.

Nobody should be under any illusion that as an electoral force the best AFL, UKIP or The Brexit Party could ever have hoped to achieve would be to win the support of the biggest parliamentary party for perhaps one or two key policies, and then sell itself in compromise against everything else, just to have its moment of power. 

Whilst the dynamic certainly appears to have changed and Reform are at least neck and neck if not ahead of Labour and the Conservatives in the Polls as I write, even an early General Election called in the Autumn of 2025 or sometime in 2026 or 2027 would be long enough for everything to have changed and for the real similarities that are driving all the ‘different’ political parties that we currently know to have been ‘found out’.

In reality, the de facto choice of established political parties will continue to morph or adapt their policies to be seen to answer the ‘Reform question’ and in doing so, work to assure themselves either a working parliamentary majority or to become the influence behind it once again at the earliest available opportunity.

You may think that the die is already cast. But we are already experiencing the fallout from the political stalemate that has ensued from a situation where all the Westminster political parties are culturally the same, and have become a ‘Uniparty’, even if their philosophical viewpoints don’t quite appear to match.

The hard fact is that we are facing a situation where we need a majority of MP’s to work together to address all the issues and to change all the policies which will impact upon those issues, whilst ensuring that the impacts of those changes do not then themselves cause other problems that people looking for balance and fairness in their lives simply do not need.

The situation creates a dilemma and significant paradox.

We are all either consciously or subconsciously aware that we do need political parties in the sense that they exist today – or an acceptance and appreciation of common ground between a majority of politicians, in order to effect the change for the better that we need within a genuine democracy.

However, we are all just as equally aware that it is being of the establishment that provides the platform or powerbase to enact change; ground which is currently infested with a self-serving political culture and political party system that quickly excludes voices for change and sings the song of populist thought whilst giving it nothing more than hollow meaning.

So how can we really win?

The circumstances surrounding traditional politics in the UK dictates that it functions through a culture of compromise.

Furthermore, the contemporary political party machinery puts submissive compromise at the core of its recruitment and management processes.

However, if compromise is necessary in any way at all, the policies which result will not have genuinely been created with consideration of the best interests or of the consequences for all truly in mind.

In order for us all to win, it necessarily requires that there is a genuine change in mindset, whether that be for the incumbent political parties, including Reform – which would arguably be a much more productive situation for everyone; or that change itself manifests within the many new and existing groups and independent or ‘open’ minded people out here in our communities who so desperately want to see that change, that they are ready to stand for political office.

Moving forward

You may have heard the saying ‘you can’t beat the system’, and if you have come up against the way that government and all things Legal work, you will probably be able to see the truth in this statement – even when you know that the system is itself flawed and fundamentally wrong.

For those who have been burned by the frustrations and the ‘banging your head against a brick wall’ that comes with it, there is no pleasure in seeing new and enthusiastic people entering politics who either quickly become disillusioned with the realities of the system. Or who simply buy-in to a culture where all those that follow people who lead only for themselves then come to live and believe the idea that ‘that’s just the way it is’.

It may seem that way to those who are prepared to accept the status quo as it is and not take any risks.

But that simply isn’t the truth, and all it would take is for enough of the people already within the system to say ‘no more’ for a real difference to begin unfolding.

Change the system from within (But don’t buy in to the propaganda…)

The easiest way that we could create change would be for that change to come from within the system itself.

That would mean influencing politicians at all levels by becoming the voices that they have no choice but to listen to, i.e. part of the parties themselves.

The problem with this approach is that it has been tried all too many times.

Some very good and well-intended people have failed or ultimately have become part of the very problem that all of us ‘out here’ are currently experiencing. 

As they say, absolute power corrupts absolutely…

Today we are experiencing the outcome of decades of the development of a political party system that favours the ascendency of a whole generation of politicians who treat political office as little more than a job and career. Rather than being responsible to the electorate in the ways that most of us outside of the ‘bubble’ know that they should actually be.

Many Westminster party politicians get selected and promoted thereafter by saying and doing the right things for the right people, and a good number of sitting MPs today will have made it to Parliament by going along a career pathway which equips them to progress within the system extremely well but gives them little working knowledge of what the real world is like outside.

How can they make genuinely good decisions affecting the lives of others when they have no real life experience themselves?

The very sad and highly regrettable reality is that getting enough of our sitting MPs to change and give the British people the real voice that they should have through a majority is very unlikely.

The political culture of today says ‘don’t rock the boat or you will get thrown out’ and very few politicians are brave enough to take on a system which takes control freakery into a whole new realm.

Change the system from without (But don’t look at your fight as being one that you can win alone…)

This is where the creation of a new movement or party becomes the attractive option. 

But with the realities of establishing just one party that could make a difference covered above, there has to be an acceptance that creating a whole plethora of organisations will in time prove to be no more effective than getting a similar number of independent MPs elected to Parliament.

On their own, small, localised and local community-based-issue parties will very occasionally gain enough momentum to get an MP Elected. 

But as just one of 650, you can soon see how little chance there would be of making any measurable kind of difference for us all.

Working together is, however, a very different situation and if it were to be the case that genuine commonality could be found between all of the disparate groups that are currently ‘out here’ already, or which may be launched at some point in the future, the potential would then exist for something very special to happen.

Knowledge of the internet and social media makes the task sound very easy. But without a formula that lights that spark between a whole range of people who have had the independence of mind and motivation to get something ‘of their own’ started, the prospects for success are pretty slim.

After all, some may simply be falling into the trap of thinking that politics is all about one idea ‘winning’ against the ideas of someone else and it is likely to be the case that for many, that very idea is based upon an issue which is personal to them and perhaps just a few people that they know.

The truth of the matter is that if every politician made every decision and promoted every cause on the basis of what will serve the best interests of all, whilst also considering and making allowances for the impact of those decisions on everyone else as they do so, we would no longer require left-wing or socialist politics, parties of the centre ground, or indeed the politics of the right.

Tribal politics makes debate a competition, rather than a process of exploring the methods and plans that will genuinely solve the problems that we all face.

The cold hard reality is that however fair, just or right the ideas might be which underpin the motives of a new party; without losing the idealism, the philosophy and the ‘my idea is better than yours’ mentality, any new movement is unlikely to prove itself to be any better than the Conservatives, Green, Liberal Democrats, Labour or Reform UK Parties, given time.

Thinking a different way:

As a culture, we have been conditioned to look at everything we experience in terms of how it either relates to or affects us personally.

This has taken place at a subconscious or even subliminal level and anyone who really wants to effect change by creating a new political movement, must themselves become mindful of the processes which sit behind this for themselves, and then begin encouraging others to also be mindful of the impact that everyone and everything has on us, the people in our lives and the world we live in.

This is no mean feat and has to be achieved without getting sucked into any of the idealist elephant traps which litter this road, such as green energy, which while being very laudable, has significant practical implications for a society of 60 Million+ people and a situation which simply doesn’t advocate the immediate binning of all other forms of energy or raising taxes on other things to subsidise it.

More and more people are waking up to the lack of balance and fairness in their own lives and those of others.

But just as in the case of the Hundredth Monkey or what we colloquially call ‘memes’ that virally attract attention in what seems like the blink of an eye, the kind of awakening and preparedness that we are discussing here will have to reach a point of critical mass or the seminal moment when a positive direction of travel that cannot be influenced by any of the powers that are aligned against it is achieved.

Regrettably we have to accept that this may not be a realistic prospect on an organic basis alone.

Wait for the wheels to fall off from the inevitable meltdown (That has probably already started…)

Bleak as it may sound and as unfavourable as it may be, change itself may well have to be precipitated by a meltdown or history-changing event which opens the general population to thinking in a very different way. One that also leaves politicians who are not prepared to put the genuine need of the electorate first, with no power to prevent the ascent of those who are.

Today, there are a considerable number of issues that at one degree or another could easily prove to be the catalyst or forerunner of an event, or series of events which create the seedbed for this situation.

54. More Reading

The greatest barrier to change is being comfortable with the mess that we are now in.

Yes, it sounds like a very contradictory thing to say. But if you can view the world as consisting of two groups of people:

  1. The people who are benefiting from the way everything works today, and
  2. The people who are losing out and are in pain from the way that everything works today

And then hear and understand that the number of people who believe they are in group a, still far outweighs those who know they are in group b,

You will then be able to see that we are all the victims of a collective situational bias and that there are currently not enough people to achieve the critical mass that will be necessary for change.

If you would like to consider and explore the different options for change, depending upon the circumstances, and also open up to a broader view of what is happening and what may lie ahead, I would invite you to read the other books and papers that I have written which are all available to buy and download from Amazon as books for Kindle, but may also be available as PDF downloads which will be FREE to read:

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

How to get Elected – New Edition (26 Feb 2025)

Amazon

Legal

The material contained and published within the ‘How to get yourself Elected’ Book and the related web pages are the opinion of the Author only. 

The opinions contained herein and online are not representative of the views or beliefs of any other person or party with whom the Author is or has been associated with, formally or otherwise.

The purchase, downloading and use of this Book and the material contained within and published within it or online does not constitute a direction or instruction of any kind and forms no guarantee as to the success or outcome of an ‘election campaign’, whether informal or formal in nature, to any formal body, government organisation or authority.

Formal advice and information on eligibility and running as a candidate in an Election will be available from the Democratic Services Department at the Borough/District/Unitary level Authority which presides over the specific Electoral Area where you or any candidate should wish to consider running. 

Details of the Law and requirements of the Electoral process are available from The Electoral Commission.

The copyright of all written material and the images contained within and published in this Book, PDF or these web pages is owned by Adam Tugwell, the Site Author, unless otherwise stated. 

No material or images may be reproduced without the written permission of the Owner, unless stated and specifically directed otherwise. This includes non-public reproduction by political parties for campaign and/or training purposes.

No responsibility will be accepted by the Site Owner for the material and opinions located on or at the destinations reached either directly or indirectly by clicking and/or following any of the Links provided in this Book.

If you require any further information or clarification, please contact the Author, Adam Tugwell by e-mail at acommunityroute@gmail.com .

Corrections & Omissions

The basis of the information, guidance and suggestions provided within this work is experiential and not intended to be treated as anything other than opinion.  

Where factual information, links and attachments are included, it/they have been provided in good faith.

As such, where factual information is incorrect, needs updating or is incomplete, the Author is happy to make corrections and complete entries as necessary.

Representatives of organisations with such legitimate requirements should contact the Author and provide full details of the error, omission or item to be completed.

Any request for changes which are politically motivated or based purely upon opinion will not be met.

To download a FREE to read PDF copy of How to get Elected, please follow the link immediately below. If you would like to download a copy for Kindle for the price of £2.99 (UK – correct at time of publication), please follow the link to Amazon at the bottom.

An Economy for the Common Good | Full Text

Building, enabling and maintaining good governance, self-sufficiency and freedom for all people and our communities

The Greek Stoic Philosopher Epictetus said “It is not possible to learn what you think you already know.” 

Today, one of the greatest challenges that humanity faces is the reality that almost every one of us believes that we already understand how the world works and subsequently believe that how it works today will always continue to provide the basis of how the world will work tomorrow.

With even the most educated academics and experienced experts suffering from what can be argued as a situational bias, where virtually nobody can picture a way of living where the fundamental factors like money and the economic system that we have today aren’t exactly the same, it seems that we have just as easily slipped into the tragic and passive acceptance that the things that we want to be changed, either cannot or will not be changed. For no better reason that we refuse to give up the things that those changes will necessitate, that we still believe to profit or benefit us personally in some way.

For any speaker or writer who dares venture into the realms of sharing even just one or two layers of the massively multilayered truths that underpin the workings of today’s world using a lens or microscope to focus upon one area of life, government or business, the complexities quickly become too hard for others to believe and the label or badge of being a conspiracy theorist or perhaps worse fits just as easily whilst serving the purposes of those who ride the ‘blissful ignorance’ of the masses ridiculously well.

The truth that even the many who do accept that change has now become more than necessary cannot deal with, is that neither the majority nor the critical mass of people required to initiate meaningful levels of societal change can be reached whilst we remain ‘bought in’ to the current paradigm at any level.

Indeed, the change that our lucid moments allow us to recognise as being the only possible direction for a just, fair and balanced society and culture, will not be accepted and certainly not embraced, until enough of us have felt the real pain that the way mankind lives today will inevitably inflict upon us all. For as long as money and material wealth rule the day.

A HAPPY WORLD isn’t coin operated

The world could not only work as well as it does today. But it would actually work much better. IF everyone did what they did, without being tied into the shared belief that everything has monetary value.

Yet it doesn’t take much for any one of us to build a wall against this truth when we will almost inevitably fall into the trap of believing that whilst we might personally be able to accept a different system of values, we believe that nobody else will. Because they are selfish and coin operated. And that as such, the world will always be destined to work the same way.

What I will say to you now is that the world does not and has never needed to be coin operated or run by money. And it can no longer continue to operate in this same way.

The way that the world works today is a manmade construct. One that has fear – not happiness, peace or love at its heart.

What is more, each of us may well have had the free will to choose fear as our motivation and our guide in times past.

But when the impact and consequences of that motivation on the part of any one of us leads to a situation where the free will to choose between fear and the alternative is no longer available for others to decide, the imbalance that is created is one that will  inevitably lead to inescapable pain and impoverished circumstances for those others from which it will be impossible for the world itself to hide.

The contradictory belief that unsustainable living is sustainable, because the narrative says so

Fanciful as it may sound, the reality we all face is that the unsustainable ways in which we have all been living have already gone too far.

The decisions that legislators and leaders make do not reflect what is in the best interests of humanity and everything they now do is progressively making a very bad situation even worse.

We do not and have never needed the world to work as it does now.

The benefits of a whole world and everything within it being twisted and manipulated to serve the interests of just a few, are worth nothing and do nothing but cause pain and harm to the masses.

This is an incalculable level of tragedy when we realise that the fundamental basis of everything we need, is being able to or having the ability to live a good life.

A Good Life cannot be bought

A good life isn’t created or achieved on the basis of what we have, what we accumulate or what other people think.

A good life is a state of mind.

And it is a state of mind that allows each and every one of us the opportunity to open the door and rediscover who we really are.

Those committed to the current paradigm will certainly argue that only wealth, influence, power and control can provide the circumstances where this kind of peace can be achieved.

Yet there is nothing peaceful, beneficial and certainly not spiritual about living a life that may be perceived as being good. But can only be achieved where at least one and potentially many others are having to pay some kind of cost.

Just like our bodies are an ecosystem that work to their very best when they are looked after, our communities and localities are all that groups of us need to survive and thrive, whilst showing and maintaining that same respect for all others and sharing between all of us the things that different communities can do that we cannot and vice versa, with the express belief and understanding that cooperation and collaboration rather than control are all any of us need to have very good lives.

Our Future is Local

Plenty has been said and written about the virtues of looking within ourselves rather than continually looking outside for all of the answers, truths and directions that we expect to make our lives work.

Indeed, the purpose of this work isn’t to focus upon the benefits of self-awareness and levels of self-knowing that reach way beyond any basic understanding of self-help fashions such as mindfulness which can be found in seemingly endless numbers online and on channels such as YouTube and TikTok. As that is a journey for each of us to pursue and conclude upon personally.

However, the circumstances and situations that lend themselves to that journey of personal learning and progress are a different matter altogether.

In very basic terms, the most  productive and beneficial way for us to live our lives, to experience a good life and to live a life where we will know that we will genuinely succeed, is to live locally, or in ways where everything to which we attribute real value is experienced as first hand, through people we meet face to face and through life experiences which are fully lived and not accessed at  any level through the equivalent of a screen.

To experience the human condition and human relationships, it is necessary to have relationships directly with other humans that will condition us to understand how and why other humans behave the way they do and how they think.

Living any other way immediately adds unnecessary levels of complexity in which the behaviours and choices that harm others can easily hide, that just like any other lie, require many other lies and layers of lies in order to protect the original lie.

Despite many convincing narratives that suggest otherwise, progress doesn’t only travel one way. Just like technology doesn’t automatically mean the redundancy and erasure of methodologies that came before it. And it certainly doesn’t mean that advances of any kind that benefit those who control them, should ever come at the cost, hardship, loss or pain of those who would have been involved in any accepted practice that came before it.

In fact, technology driven by the correct motives and the desire to improve life, rather than replace it, is representative of genuine progress, whereas technology used to replace and impoverish people so that those who own and control it can profit is most certainly not representative of any kind of progress.

Just because jobs can be replaced by technology doesn’t mean that they either need to be, or that they should be. And if money wasn’t the only real consideration that was being involved, neither would anyone believe that there would be any need to be either.

Indeed, if money were not in the equation, the need for big companies or big anything, wouldn’t even exist.

The only businesses or organisations that we would need at any level, would be those that have the structures necessary to provide for all our essential needs and the goods and services that make a genuinely good life work.

These aren’t big businesses. Because they aren’t driven by the suggestion that costs can be lowered so that more profit can be made or one business can undercut another that does the same thing, because it can do the same things more cheaply in some way.

These are businesses that exist to provide the best at what they do and provide the best experience that they can for the people that they serve.

These are businesses that are local, that are part  of a local supply chain and work within a local circular economy in its truest sense, that have no need to be bigger or biggest, because the one set of values that we all share is built around the belief  that every one of us is worth and has value that is exactly the same.

Our Local Future

The default setting that most of us have from the way that our lives and understanding of life has been conditioned will tell even the most learned and intelligent of us that money centric living will always be the way and that everything we are working through here is little more than some kind of utopian dream that is wholly impractical and will never come true.

Yet unsustainable living is by its very nature unsustainable at every level, at that means that to live and believe that it is sustainable is itself untrue.

Those who are looking more closely at the narratives and the truths that they hide will know that life is going to change in one way or another. It is not a question of if, but when, and the only real question that none of us can accurately answer – even though it is easy to speculate, is what event or series of events will be responsible for setting off what we can almost be sure will be a process of change, if we are not already now within it?

Because we tend to be obsessed over the journey and who has decision making control over the next step(s), rather than the outcomes of everything we do, we use outcomes in the sense of what they mean only to us as the basis of any argument over what should come next – in real terms, whose ideas and suggestions should come first.

From this perspective and the conflict that we can see as soon as we begin to be open to how everything works, it can easily feel impossible to visualise an outcome or range of outcomes that could be achievable after having gained buy-in from everyone and the pathways they are demanding, so that the result is meaningful to all as well as being something that actually works.

The paradox is of course that without being able to visualise the destination and what that destination will actually feel like, what it will be to experience it and what being there will actually mean, we don’t have a collective cat in hells chance of ever getting there or doing anything that will actually succeed.

Minded of this, I wrote Our Local Future and took the leap to create a vision or picture of what a world that works for us all would actually look like, feel like and work like. And you can read and work through the structure of Our Local Future and download a copy of the book by visiting HERE.

Putting the first steps towards tomorrow’s world in today’s terms

Whereas Our Local Future may provide the reader with a picture of what a fully functioning just, fair and balanced locality-based world would look like, whether they agree with that vision or not, it does not and will not provide a guide or map that includes all the different steps that we will collectively need to get there. For no better reason than dogmatically sticking to any plan will create more problems than it will ever solve and that in a world of complexity and contradictions like the one we are experiencing today, plans can never replace the choices made by decision makers who make the right decision in the moment, and ultimately will not work.

However, what is not only possible, but is also required with the outlook that we tend to share, is an example of the stepping off point; a signpost in the direction of travel, or rather an outline of the first steps that we could and that we arguably should be taking now. So that what we are doing to ourselves today is no longer destined to be our end, but can be the point from which we make a conscious decision to take each step, and then keep moving and changing step by step, to transform from a world that doesn’t work for everyone, into a world that works for us all, as it always  should.

Who does this is not something we should worry about, unless we remain captured by that idea that the next step and who controls it is more important than the outcome or destination itself. And without recognising this, it continues to be unlikely that we will ever agree on how we will recognise that outcome, because the outcome and destination will never have become the topic of our discussion or debate.

From this perspective, I would rather have my work taken apart so that it can be improved upon by all those who can improve upon it, than for the work to have never started at all. And with this in mind, I have created and committed to digital pages An Economy for the Common Good, as a model for how we could all come together as communities and within our localities work together to make a start.

The Glos Community Project

I began this work or project in the summer of 2023, and at that point simply intended to turn an idea in to a practical or turnkey model of how a group of well-intended and appropriately motivated volunteers could begin creating a structure that would lead to a fully functioning and localised economy, that would lead to outcomes that would place localism, circular economy, sustainability and sustainable living, awakened forms of governance and therefore real democracy at its heart.

Because the whole point is about our own communities and where we live and work, I created this model around the areas in which I have lived and live today, so that it would be as realistic as it can be from the very start.

The model is called The Glos Community Project and follows in the next section of this book as a structured and self-explanatory plan that goes as far as to provide the basic adverts and job specs for the social entrepreneurs and community volunteers who are envisaged as being the leaders and pioneers of building An Economy for the Common Good.

The Glos Community Project model is only a guide, providing that first step that I have already alluded to, and one that I hope will invite every reader to think about how our world can and will operate very differently, once we have accepted and are ready to embrace that we must place people, community and the environment we live in at its heart.

The content that follows has been structured in the form of a website that can be found HERE, where comments can be added at the bottom of each page.

If you would like to make suggestions about the subjects raised, please share them there or do get in touch by email at acommunityroute@gmail.com if you would prefer not to share your thoughts publicly.

Please note that I will be happy to publish anything that is well intended and clearly shared with the intention of achieving the best outcome(s) for all, even where such an example directly improves upon the work that has been shared.

Thank you for reading and for your interest in creating An Economy for the Common Good.

Adam Tugwell

February 2025

The Glos Community Project

Introduction

Hello there!

I’m Adam and Gloucestershire is my home. Gloucestershire is the County where I was born and where my family live. It’s where I went to school, where I first worked in farming, where I first trained as a manager for an international company, where I first ran and developed projects for a charity and where I set up my first business. Gloucestershire is also where I was an elected Councillor and Member of three of Gloucestershire’s Local Authorities.

As you can already see, I have a very strong affiliation with Gloucestershire, and with Cheltenham, Cirencester, Tewkesbury and Winchcombe in particular. However, all these places are important to me, not just because of the role and part they have already played in my life. But especially so, because they are all parts of the same community and local communities of which I am or have also been a part.

Community can mean a lot of things and could easily be considered to be different, depending on who you talk to. However, to me a community is the group of people who you share all of the important things in life with, rather than being the people who you share the same things with that are important in your own life.

Community is People and Place

The Community and what the community can do has never been as important as it is becoming and as it will soon become. Given all of the turbulence and difficulties that are beginning to affect everyone in some way, right across the world.

Yes, the world is itself a community. And it would certainly be a much happier, healthier, safe and secure place, if world leaders could cast their own agendas aside, and put the benefits of what they do for the People and the communities they should be serving first.

It’s no excuse, but at the level of world or even national leadership, it’s very easy to lose sight of how important every other person’s life experience is.

That’s why when we think about the basic or essential food, goods and services that each and every one of us needs to live and have self-sufficient lives every day, it is locality, localism and keeping every part of day-to-day life as local as possible, that is going to become the key ingredient to ensuring that everyone has a balanced, fair, just and above all, meaningful life.

Recognising that The System today, isn’t about ‘us’; BUT the Future will be

The Establishment no longer works for any of us, even though the amount that we pay in taxes means that on average, we work until May or June each year and ‘Tax Freedom Day’, when any of the money we earn thereafter is actually ours to spend as if it were our own.

One way or another, the help that we now need doesn’t and will not come from those who we should be able to expect to provide it.

Necessity now requires that whatever help we and our communities now or will need, we will all have to step up and do whatever we can to help ourselves, the people who are in our lives and the way of life and everything within it in the localities that surround us.

Our power lies wherever we focus it

Asking people to help themselves or even making the suggestion that public policy is very much ours to influence and change for the better, is something that many – perhaps even you – will feel some immediate resistance to.

We are, after all, living through a period of our own, if not world history, where we have been conditioned to feel helpless and that solving problems that affect us all is something that somebody, somewhere else is responsible for and always does.

Learned helplessness is a human disaster in the making. Simply because it encourages everyone who believes they are powerless to stand still.

In the circumstances we are experiencing, standing still is like going backwards. Because those who have power are abusing it to take everything that we understand forward, in to a future, in ways that only benefit them and their kind.

However, life isn’t something that happens out there, somewhere.

Life is happening right here, right now, in your mind and in the space or spaces around you that you walk in, talk in, feel in, touch in, eat in, wash in and experience every part of life in – each and every day.

Life isn’t happening remotely in a device somewhere.

But the picture that devices give us of someone else’s life can certainly make it feel like whatever is important in the digital world, is relevant and all-encompassing within our own.

It’s not. And the most painful lesson that we all have to learn, understand and accept in real terms, is that life doesn’t work as it should for more and more of us, because we aren’t living real lives.

Our lives are being dictated by people who are completely out of touch with us and who we are. But have a pedestal, lectern and platform in front of us, just because they are on a digital screen.

The current economic model and system of power doesn’t work for us

There isn’t much that needs to be said to anyone, no matter who you are, where you come from or what you do, for us to reach agreement that there is something fundamentally wrong with the way that everything works.

Whatever your relationship with money, the chances are that you are also concerned by the creeping feeling that less and less of the aspects of your life that you used to feel in charge of, still remain within your control.

In simple terms, it works this way and will continue to get worse in this way, as every decision that’s having an impact on the value of everything we have is being made by people who we are unlikely to ever meet.

The challenge that we all face today, is that the rules that allow all the things that are going wrong for us – no matter what they are – have been created or adapted to serve the purposes of those same people, and these are the people who we have not only trusted, but also put in charge.

Out of sight is out of mind for most.

And people who have power, influence and control by the truckload, are very dangerous when they have no integrity or respect for the responsibilities they have to others.

Localism or Going Local

I’ve written a whole series of books that focus on localism and how the focus of power must be brought back to local communities and for decisions that affect our daily lives to be made as close to us as possible and by people who we know and can trust.

However, the problem that I have faced throughout, is that when talking about anything in a broader or national sense, it quickly becomes as abstract as national politics and national news streams are, even though that’s how we often judge important things to be.

The problem is, real life and what is important to us isn’t abstract.

In fact, the real things that are important and all the things that can have the biggest impact upon everything that is happening to us is not abstract and is very specific indeed.

But we have somehow allowed the abstract, or what is outside of us, to influence all of our specific choices.

With AI and technologies now forcing their way into our digital lives, with consequences that will make real life feel so much easier, whilst teaching us to forget how making decisions for ourselves and even learning new things, the choice between being led by an abstract world where the real influences are never seen or understood, or taking back control and regaining conscious choice in everything we do has never appeared to be such an easy one that is actually so very hard.

Awakening to the reality that hides in plain sight

The damage of centralisation, globalisation and of allowing decisions that affect everyone to be taken by people who are unlikely to ever visit or have reason to understand the things that are happening in our streets and neighbourhoods are very easy for us to see in the news every night.

People who have zero understanding of the consequences and impact on the policies they write for every reason other than those that they should, are condemning increasing numbers of people to harder and more challenging lives, and then blaming them for the problems that they themselves have through their own incompetence caused.

It can only work for us, if we can reach out and touch it

A genuinely self-sufficient and fully localised system of public services and the governance that underpins the systems and processes that affect and impact daily lives would not be in danger of being abused or mismanaged in this way.

Indeed, the only way that we will be able to create a genuinely level playing field of opportunity and a public or community sector that works in the way that it should will be for the full balance of power, influence and decision making to be brought back to the People and local communities and administered openly, transparently and without any bias in the way that it always should.

Real Localism is what Authentic Governance looks like and what it would be.

Localism in its real sense

The most simple way to explain the change of focus from where it is today (Global, Central, European etc.) to where it should be (Local, Community etc.), is to think of it as being a switch from a values set based on money, profit and the accumulation of power and wealth, to the alternative values set which is focused on People, humanity and what we genuinely need for everyone to be happy, healthy, secure and safe.

Real localism isn’t rocket science.

But real localism certainly meets with a lot of resistance when the true depth and scope of what it means are openly discussed, because for many who do so well out of exploiting others (whether they are aware of it or not), localism represents what they believe to be a loss.

Sadly, because the Establishment know and understand that local communities are where the power of the people and everything that supports us should be, they frequently pay lip service to the principle of ‘localism’.

But as in the case of New Labour’s ‘Devolution’ from the 1997 General Election on, and then the Cameron Conservatives ‘Localism’ in the years that have followed since 2010, the type of localism and the return of power to local people that politicians from all sides having been selling us, all add up to no such thing.

Politicians today are desperately promoting what they call localism or any one of a number of similar things, which is Regional Centralisation by another name.

We face a challenging, but achievable course of action, that requires us, our communities, charities and businesses to by-pass the Establishment and begin putting localism into everything we do and are motivated by, if we genuinely want to solve all of the societal problems that not only our communities, but the Country and the whole world faces.

We need a new Economic Model that evolves itself from the community up

If you want to learn about economics, the last person you should ask is an economist.

History – albeit history that is used as a model and translated for the contemporary age, is another thing entirely.

We do not need to return to the dark ages or some kind of feudal system to see that life worked much better for everyone when everything that was needed for day-to-day life was available locally and provided by people that everyone knew.

Simple living is far more intelligent than the ‘connected’ world that we live in where relationships are being dehumanised and we have all become little more than a number or code to every company or organisation that we have any reason to buy something from or to do business with.

We will bypass and reject the heartless and inhumane way of living we experience today by

  1. Prioritising local growing, processing, manufacture and supply.

We will improve life for everyone dramatically by rejecting the money-based value system by

  • Putting People First.

We will change the world for the better by rejecting the hierarchical structures and system of governance by

  • Bringing power back to the most local level within our communities – creating a clean, authentic form of democracy that has never been allowed by the power hungry to exist before.

The new enlightenment that we are told we are experiencing is only enlightening for those who believe that they are in control.

People who don’t have any reason to even acknowledge the realities that many of the people whose lives they influence now face, because technology insulates them from all the pain that they cause.

PLEASE Remember: Just because technology can do so many ‘amazing’ things, it doesn’t mean that we are obliged to use it, or that we have no choice when it comes to doing so.

Priority 1: Local, Local, Local

Life isn’t a theory.

Yet we have life dictated to us as if it is.

The only way that things can really work in the best way possible for us all, is for whole supply chains, the route of food from farm to fork and how business works and money or currencies flow to be in circles that are as local as it is possible for them to be.

Forget any ideas, philosophies or narratives that identify with localism purely as ‘circular’ or ‘doughnut’ economics.

Whilst they may be well intended, these are theories that are based upon the current money-centric system continuing to be prevalent across all areas of life.

They are NOT what real localised economies are really about.

Localism and Locality Economics are about everything in life and the business streams that support life, people, communities and the environment, working locally and in a very localised way.

Priority 2: People First

Money isn’t everything. But people, our relationships and the world we live in really are.

People or human based values are in short supply, so the most effective way to change everything is to put People and our communities first.

We don’t need to make massive profits to experience happy, healthy, safe and secure lives. But we do need to have faith that changing minds – beginning with our own, is the most important step to changing the world to one that is just, fair and balanced for all – and that social enterprises that help everyone without charging more than anyone involved genuinely needs within local communities is the best place to begin.

Priority 3: Local Governance from local Communities and the grassroots up

We may have learned helplessness, but we have the ability to change things right now, by-passing the assumed behaviour that the Establishment expects and by making the system work for us and taking power back, rather than engaging in actions we have been brought up to expect which just continues to funnel power at people who abuse it and use it only to benefit themselves.

In the recent book Officially NONE OF THE ABOVE, we discussed the need for us all to act and take part so that the focus of political power is brought back to people we know and the decisions that affect us daily are made by people who have genuine skin in the game when it comes to knowing and understanding what we are experience, how we feel, and how we think.

No, we don’t need a revolution and the destruction of the current electoral system to do this. But we do all need to take part. However, in the long term, we must work towards the removal of any parts of the electoral system or system of democracy that can allow specific interests and the agendas of particular groups of people to manipulate and play the system, as is the case right now.

Social Enterprise and Community Enterprises | Bringing not-for-profit and key local businesses together to work as one

Putting People First isn’t just the long-term aim. Putting People First is the most important stepping off point in the series of practical steps that have the power to influence and deliver large scale change, even without the Establishment giving it its blessing, a green light or any kind of consent.

The way that we can do this is by creating a series of social enterprises that can immediately begin to tackle the issues that are being most acutely felt by what we today recognise as growing wealth inequality and the cost of living crisis, but in reality is a direct result of the broken economic model that the Establishment remains committed to, even though it is continuing to deliver increasing  levels of harm to People from all areas and across the whole spectrum of society.

It is certainly true that many will not have even considered the realities that many of the people they pass on the street daily are facing from the growing problems that are a direct result of this broken economic model. Of those that do or are open to the existence of a problem, even more cannot see an alternative way of running a 21st century model of society where money doesn’t have its current role.

Many People genuinely believe that creating a model of society that functions around what everyone needs, rather than what the reducing few just want, cannot deliver happiness, health, security and safety in any way. This is because of the genuine belief that money always has a role to play.

But money or rather inflated prices, excess prices and the greed and profiteering that sits behind it doesn’t have a role to play in any fair, balanced and just society. The only way to demonstrate this is to show the people that need to be convinced, and that’s why those who can see and understand this truth need to be the pioneers when it comes to taking action, as well as having and maintaining a lot of faith.

We can deliver different outcomes and with them, a different life experience for people across our communities very quickly, just by making a start

That start will be social enterprises that follow similar development and growth models in every local area, along with a very small number of new multimodal charity units that provide services for those in very specific cases of need, who have no way to pay.

By passing the Establishment and organisations profiting from essential goods and services that everyone needs

There is no point in attempting to reinvent the wheel. There are already some magnificent social enterprises and not for profit organisations operating in many areas that are doing the very best to help people on a cost-related or free basis already. The Glos Community Project will not seek to replicate or replace any of these within their tangible area of operation, and where or when possible, will also seek to redirect support that might become available to them.

However, The Glos Community Project will operate in any area where we have the volunteers/social business leaders, support and resources, where no such organisation already exists.

The Establishment has had plenty of opportunity to demonstrate that it can reform and get things right. Those involved no longer have the right to demand that we keep waiting for them to get things right, or to expect that we will continue to trust them, just because of the job title or responsibility that they supposedly hold.

This time and the future are ours to decide. They have had their chance and have cast what’s good for everyone rather than just them aside.

In time, many of those from within the current Establishment will accept that there was always a better way and that they made the decision not to exercise the responsibility that they held on our behalf, to do what is right.

We cannot trust anyone from within the Establishment today, to do what is right, until they can see and accept that putting People First is the new paradigm and how everything is going to run.

Who are The Establishment?

We have mentioned the Establishment and the reality that obtaining meaningful change will require bypassing the establishment at the very least.

Knowing who the Establishment are is therefore very important.

As a rule, anyone involved with or directly employed by any of the following will represent the establishment. There are exceptions right across the board, but for the purpose of excluding as much of the risk that comes from those who are invested in obstructing change as possible, in the first instances and until there is definite evidence to support otherwise, we will not trust or knowingly engage with any of the following:

The Establishment includes (but is not limited to):

  • The Civil Service
  • Town Councils
  • Parish Councils
  • Borough Councils
  • District Councils
  • County Councils
  • Unitary Authorities
  • Schools
  • Colleges
  • Universities
  • Social Services
  • Public Services of all kinds
  • Non-Government Organisations (NGOs) e.g. The Highways Agency / Highways England, The Environment Agency
  • National Charities that are well-funded and in the public eye
  • Elected Councillors
  • Elected Mayors
  • Members of Parliament
  • Police & Crime Commissioners
  • Mainstream Media
  • Media Companies
  • Corporate Businesses
  • Most Celebrities
  • The Military

Why | The Glos Community Project

Right now, even on the rare occasion that politics does something positive for People, it comes and works its way through the system at a pace that is simply too slow to help and benefit people who genuinely need help in their real lives.

Gloucestershire is no different. And whilst there are at least a few politicians on the seats of local Parish, Town, The Borough and Districts and the County Council who are still genuine in their aim of putting the needs of People first, the reality is that many of them don’t even understand just how little influence they – and therefore the People who elected them – have, over the things that we are expecting them to deal with on our behalf, each and every day.

The elephant trap that we can easily fall into is to think that bitching about any of this or that following, liking and supporting people who are saying all the things that we want to hear will somehow result in change.

It won’t. And that’s why I am here – as just another person from the community we share, who loves Gloucestershire and everything about it, with the aim of connecting like-minded people and taking the very practical steps that we can by working together, to help other members of our community and take the first leaps towards making the Towns, Villages and the Countryside that we love, a much better place and one that reflects the aims, values and aspirations of us all.

We really can change things for the better by doing the things that we can, rather than losing faith because the problems look too big and we believe that we can’t.

HP | The opportunity for change will be what WE make it | The Glos Community Project

You may have already heard of something called social enterprise, businesses that are run on a not-for-profit basis, or businesses that are set up not with the aim of making money, but creating some benefit to the community in some way.

The Glos Community Project is here to explore the opportunities that already exists and that are yet to be identified that will benefit the wider community through the services or products that they provide, whilst providing opportunities for budding social entrepreneurs and practical change activists, along with work opportunities for anyone and everyone – and especially those who might feel that the world has been passing them by.

Right now, I am looking for people who want to be the pioneers of social change within Gloucestershire’s communities. Individuals who are ideally looking for the opportunity to lead and to learn, but are driven by working collaboratively and for the benefit of everyone, rather than long or short term, about what they themselves can earn.

These are voluntary opportunities in the first instance, with the only immediate cost being the time and commitment that it will take, along with the determination that any successful entrepreneur would need to set up a business from scratch – but with the benefit of having the support and guidance of someone who has seen and experienced all of the ups and downs of creating, launching and managing businesses before.

Theres nothing good about global, but local builds love for others every time

Many of us struggle with understanding and identifying the difference between the things we need in life, and the things that we want in our life.

Don’t worry, there will be no judgement coming from me or anyone else who is closely involved in what we are doing if this does or has ever applied to you. The whole system is skewed and the messaging and advertising that is being constantly pumped at all of us has helped blurred the lines so much between need and want, that unless you are awake to anything being wrong with all of this, the two have merged and become one.

In my recent Book Levelling Level, we focused on identifying the difference between basic or essential needs and what many consider to be essential – but are actually just what those people want. We also focused on the reality that with the Establishment having worked tirelessly on behalf of specific interests to make just about every supply chain you could imagine operate to make excessive profits by delivering what everyone who can afford to buy it, wants, the same people who have been responsible have also destroyed the ability of communities and even our whole Country to provide just the basic or essential foods, goods and services that we all need.

Even talking about supply chains and terms like self-sufficiency will sound like gobbledygook or some kind of esoteric language to some. One of the many challenges we face is that this is intentional too. And the myth that we have been conditioned to believe is that everything costs less for us this way, that it is a better, healthier and more enlightened way of living, and that making us all dependent upon people that we have nothing in common with, will get rid of any problems because we all think the same way.

Regrettably, the same way or same thinking is based on nothing more than shared greed, profiteering and a complete lack of care for the human cost, such as loss of local jobs, overuse and unnecessary use of natural resources, exploitation of people and less developed cultures, and the enslavement to debt that is quickly overtaking populations across the world.

Target Business areas | Foods, Goods & Services that are ESSENTIAL to life

The Glos Community Project is all about the basics. The essentials that everyone needs to be able to access each and every day, so that they can lead happy, healthy, safe and secure lives within a fair, balanced and just environment.

Humans don’t get addicted to anything that they need. But the humanity in everyone is quickly destroyed by having too much of what they want.

Whilst the aims of The Glos Community Project will have many points of controversy, depending upon who you are, it’s the definition between what we need and what is essential to life, rather that what we want that will probably get the most backs up, whilst the world is able to continue in the way that it has been.

For the sake of repeating a lot of information that is available in my other books, the basics or the essentials for everyday living look very similar to this:

Food:

  • Fruits and vegetables that can be grown locally, either on farms, allotments or at home
  • Bread made using local flour with minimal processing that can be completed by hand or traditional milling methods.
  • Dairy products including Milk, Cheeses and Yoghurts that are made locally using traditional methods and without chemical additives, extensive processing or refinement
  • Meats that are farmed, prepared, stored, dressed and retailed locally, without unnecessary miles to heavily and unnecessarily bureaucratised abattoirs and processing facilities.
  • Fish and seafoods, either farmed inland, or transported from the nearest UK seaport.

Goods:

  • Clothing (basic)
  • Cleaning (To keep homes and anything for personal use clean and hygienic)
  • Kitchen (to cook, prepare and store food and drink)
  • Laundry (to wash and prepare clothing)
  • Health & Hygiene (Essential medicines, and goods used to keep clean and healthy such as toothbrushes, toothpaste, sanitary products etc.)
  • Transport (Bikes, Cars) – Only where regular transport cannot be provided in another or shared way

Services:

  • Clothing repairs
  • Vehicle repairs & maintenance where vehicles are owned
  • Building repairs and construction
  • Electricity
  • Water
  • Gas
  • Communication (mobile phone, broadband)
  • Unpaid apps
  • Entertainment (Free channels)
  • Transport (where vehicles are not owned or available for essential or irregular journeys)
  • Banking & Currency (outside of Establishment control)

The More People involved, the more local The Glos Community Project will become

In the first instance, it is difficult to estimate how much interest there will be and which social enterprises will be the most popular, even though I have a good idea what these will be.

If one person per social enterprise model were to come forward for each of them, we would certainly begin by opening up the first of each operation to the widest number of People that it would be possible for us to do so.

However, as interest grows, covering these same areas might be difficult and result in the level of service offered being reduced because there are too many people for one business unit to serve.

When this happens, the area will be divided up, so that every service that The Glos Community Project provides will be offered to the most local area possible.

The growth of The Glos Community Project will be a pathway of decentralization in every sense, focusing on improving accessibility and transparency at each and every step of the way.

Theres nothing about The Glos Community Project that can’t be done. The voices that say otherwise are from people who just have selfish reasons not to do it

No matter how you came to discover The Glos Community Project, there is a good chance that unless you have been searching for other like-minded people to do the things that you have already been thinking about, you will read through the list of social businesses that we want to see available to every community – just to begin with, and that you will think that this is something that cannot be done.

If you have an open mind, please ask yourself the question what makes you believe that, and then follow up by asking yourself why.

Everything listed on this site is achievable. Not only that. As more People from our communities sign up, commit to our aims and provide us with whatever support they can, more and more of us will understand that putting people first is a very good, mutually beneficial and happy way to live, where the results will speak for themselves.

Whilst it will be challenging to get the first few of each social business model planned, where necessary funded, launched and then running, we will very quickly have turnkey frameworks or plans available for every new area, that only then have to be tailored to ensure that whatever is being offered, will meet that specific community’s needs.

Areas outside of Gloucestershire

I will be as happy to hear from you if you are outside of Gloucestershire as I will be if you get in touch with me from any of the communities and local areas within.

We might need to take a different approach, depending on what you are able to do, but The Glos Community Project is just a model or incubator where we can all learn, and we must aspire to a much wider roll-out if community or grassroots power is to have the revival that it now can.

If you are from outside Gloucestershire, please consider all the opportunities that have been listed on this site and then get in touch.

I will be happy to arrange a one-to-one meeting via Zoom, WhatsApp, Facetime or Teams. Or if you have a question or questions that would be helpful for others too, I will be happy to post a blog or a video to explain or discuss what we can do.

Area Organisers – Other areas

If you have been reading The Glos Community Project and feel that you might have what it would take to get the ball rolling with a like-for-like Project in your own County or Region, I would really like to hear from you.

Please e-mail me and provide me with whatever information you would want to know about me, if you were already set up in your area and were thinking about inviting me to work alongside you to set up over here in Gloucestershire right now.

Funding Opportunities

We are actively searching for philanthropic support for specific projects or to support them all.

If you would like to provide support through a donation, through sponsorship or through a grant of some kind, we would be very pleased to hear from you at the earliest opportunity.

We are aware that many substantial grants are offered on the basis of meeting very specific aims. Where possible, we will build the services offered in ways that will meet those aims, as long as doing so will not compromise the key principles and aims of The Glos Community Project.

Regrettably, we cannot accept support that would be allocated in support of any political agendas other than bringing back power to communities themselves, through the creation and development of Community Meetings.

If you would like to discuss your idea, please get in touch with Adam for a chat. 

Every penny counts and if you are supportive of what we are trying to achieve, but can only afford to make a small donation, we will appreciate and value your support just the same. Please find our Crowdfunder HERE.

About You | Social Entrepreneur

The most important thing about you won’t be anything to do with how creative, innovative or entrepreneurial you are or can be. These are all words that get misused and there are lots of people who genuinely believe myths such as being self-employed means that you are an entrepreneur.

The most important fact or truth about you will be that you are driven by helping others, by genuine social change (no matter how challenging that might appear to be) and that you have accepted that change of the kind that we all need will not come from anyone that most people are expecting it to come from.

I’m not keen on bullet points for something like this, so please treat the following as a framework only, and if there are things that resonate but you are not sure about anything else, please just get in touch and we can have a chat.

You Should

  • Be motivated by helping others
  • See everyone as an equal, no matter who or what society suggests that they are
  • Be open to learning new things
  • Be able to see everything objectively and be aware of how your feelings might influence this when and if anything leaves you emotionally ‘triggered’.
  • Think critically – no matter the situation
  • See a crisis as an opportunity
  • Able to work in the moment, without a plan or guide to help you
  • Be sure that you can see commitments and agreements through, even if you are not being watched or monitored
  • Have a genuine passion for the type of social business(es) that you are interested in and know that you will gain a sense of achievement from being successful within it.
  • Be open to learning and carrying out any of the jobs or tasks that will be required to make this business run and be successful
  • Be comfortable with talking to people, to journalists and anyone who has a genuine interest in what you are doing
  • Have experience working with different social groups, either professionally or voluntarily
  • Be aiming to earn a wage which relates only to the genuine cost of living at the time
  • Understand that volunteers are not paid employees and will only do their best for you, if they enjoy and see a benefit to them or what they believe in from doing whatever you ask them to do
  • Be happy to sign and keep to the terms of a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA)

These Opportunities are unlikely to be for you if you:

  • Believe that someone else will solve all of society’s problems
  • Knowingly hold prejudices of any kind about other people
  • Are aiming to own your own commercial company or business
  • Are motivated only by the potential of what you could earn
  • Have any hang ups about doing any kind of job
  • Believe that you must be qualified to do anything
  • Make excuses or tell lies to cover up mistakes, problems or any issues that are outside of your control
  • Are already committed to any political or social agenda – no matter how good or beneficial you might consider it to be (This includes any political party, green or climate focused movements, groups with a spiritual ‘agenda’, ‘alt’ movements or anything that promotes ideologies built on ‘us vs them’ thinking at any level or of any kind.

Opportunities for Social Entrepreneurs in Gloucestershire

There are a number of different opportunities for people who would like to lead the development of a social business across Gloucestershire.

These will include:

  • Local News
  • Clothing Hire & Resale
  • Car and Bike Loan Hubs
  • Local Food Circuits
  • Allotments & Home Growing
  • Local Exchange Platforms
  • Local Currency
  • Homeless Hubs
  • Community Pubs
  • Community Brewing
  • Community Marketplace
  • Mend & Make Do Repair Centres
  • Community Meetings
  • Skills for Life Courses
  • Community Helpers
  • Farm Direct Cooperatives
  • Community Bakeries

Opportunities will be local community specific, with the aim that there will be at least one of every business type listed within walking distance of homes in suburban or town areas, or available and shared between no more than 4 to 6 villages in remote areas.

We will not seek to establish any new social business where a community-focused social business of the same kind, or offering a service of the same kind exists, unless it is being delivered as part of an Establishment agenda.

Opportunities for Volunteers in Gloucestershire

We are also looking for specialist project and management support

  • Web & Software Developers
  • Social Media Creation & Support
  • App Developers
  • Fundraisers
  • Citizen Journalists

Areas of Gloucestershire where you might be | The Glos Community Project

Forest of Dean

  • Coleford
  • Cinderford
  • Newent
  • Longhope & Mitcheldean
  • Newnham on Severn

Cotswold (South)

  • Cirencester
  • Tetbury
  • Northleach
  • Fairford
  • Lechlade

North Cotswold

  • Bourton on the Water
  • Stow on the Wold
  • Moreton in Marsh

Cheltenham

  • Town
  • Prestbury
  • Leckhampton
  • Hatherley

Tewkesbury (North)

  • Town
  • Winchcombe
  • Bishops Cleeve & Woodmancote

Tewkesbury (South)

  • Churchdown
  • Brockworth
  • Hucclecote
  • Highnam
  • Innsworth

Gloucester

  • City
  • Quedgeley
  • Longlevens
  • Barnwood
  • Tuffley

Stroud

  • Town
  • Stonehouse
  • Wotton under Edge
  • Dursley
  • Painswick
  • Berkeley & Sharpness

What you will need to provide | Social Entrepreneur

Your time and commitment are the most important requirement.

There is no requirement for you to pay any type of joining or membership fee as a The Glos Community Project Volunteer. You just need to be confident in what you are doing and be prepared to put your name on your project right from the moment you start.

Together we will build the platform that will be required to attract support and any necessary funding to get your social business started.

It is very easy for anyone considering going into business for the first time to believe that they have to buy everything new and have new everything. You don’t.

My aim is to minimalise the risk to everyone who joins The Glos Community Project in whatever role, and to build every new service and the organisation that supports it with the absolute minimum financial cost to those who get involved (i.e. you may need to pay for fuel to travel, use your phone etc.)

Local News

The news ‘industry’ has undergone a massive transformation within the past two decades.

The national news or mainstream media and regional news or what we once referred to as the ‘local papers’ – or what’s left of them all, are completely under the spell or influence of their owners, who pays them or both, and the only losers have been the general public and the people who read, watch or listen to anything that branded media companies produce.

Sadly, local news was one of the biggest casualties of the internet’s arrival, when the ‘cash cow that once was classified advertising’ dried up overnight, pushing the evening paper that everyone went to for everything online, with the outcome very quickly giving the lie to the idea that the local paper was actually about news.

Stories that are important about local life don’t get the coverage that they should do. And the absence of real-life stories from the next village or the school on the other side of the town have only served to fuel the idea that news in the mainstream is representative of real life, and that what comes from outside of our communities is the only news that there is.

Unfortunately, with most of the national or branded news, and much of the stories that come from well-known names and personalities online all being little better than opinion, people have very quickly lost touch with what real life really is.

We need to change this. And we need to make the news interesting to everyone again, without there being any kind of agenda at work.

The Opportunity to set up and contribute to new local community news platforms

We would like to set up news services in every local area, using all of the media options that are available to us to focus on all the stories that are genuine news, rather than being about what someone else wants us all to think.

Focusing on the opportunity to harness citizen journalism at its very best, I am looking for social media, tech and internet-savvy people with the ability to research and write genuine news stories objectively, and where commentary is required, to do so in ways that cover all relevant points of view.

The ability to edit other people’s work will be important, as one of the aims of these local news platforms will be to give people across our communities the opportunity to tell the stories they have that will help and inspire others.

If you are already visualising what you could do with this opportunity, it could very well be one for you.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • A short note explaining why local news provision is interesting to you, what your priorities would be if you were leading the development of this social business in your local area, and how you would get started.
  • Links to any examples of articles you have written or any media you have created that is available online.

Clothing Hire, Repair, Recycling & Resale

Everyone needs clothing. But fashion itself is one of the most obvious ‘wants’ that the age of consumerism has encouraged us to have, with very small differences existing between clothes carrying or not carrying a name, but that brand itself means that cost itself is one of the key issues when it comes to what clothes any one of us can have.

The media age creates the perceived need, whilst the banks and financiers now provide the credit that is building a time bomb of debt that only exists because of greed. Worse still, the real cost to our communities through the loss of jobs and to the planet from clothing being needlessly made thousands of miles away on the cheap, where working rules don’t exist and costs are cheap so that profit margins can be exponentially increased, really gives the lie to what globalism has really been about.

The more expensive the clothing, the less likely we are to regularly wear or even wear it. Recent data suggests that a significant percentage of new clothing is either never sold or never even worn.

Recycling clothing through apps such as Vinted is already becoming popular and clothing libraries are being tried in some places too. But we could do a lot more and with the long-term aim of returning sustainable clothing manufacture and production to the UK and our communities, we need to make good affordable clothing available to everyone for all occasions – and without the need for anyone to go into debt, whether they can afford it or not.

The opportunity to set up Clothing Libraries and Resale, Recycling and Repair hubs

We would like to set up Clothing hubs in all areas, leveraging the technology that is available, to make Recycling, Repair and Reuse of good clothing a part of normal life once again. 

Focusing on creating local stores that are accessible to all, whilst using apps and the internet to make services and sales available online, I am looking for entrepreneurial leaders with a passion for clothes and the drive to make thrifty wardrobes fashionable, to help create a service that will have the ability to help people from all backgrounds in a multitude of ways.

Ideally, you will already have the ability to mend repairable clothing and be comfortable using the existing resale apps and platforms as a start. However, this is certainly one of the social business models that could easily be developed not just by one community-focused individual, but perhaps a few.

If ideas are already flowing through your mind about how clothing libraries, clothing hire and clothing recycling and repair could work even better than what people already know, this could certainly be the opportunity that is reaching out to you.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to make a clothing hub in your area to thrive
  • Pictures or links to anything that you have done
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of Community Clothing Hubs and what you believe the priorities would be at the beginning and during the stages of the early roll-out.

Community Vehicle Lending Hubs | Car and Bike Loans

Sadly, because of the impractical and tyrannical way that Green Policy, Climate Change and ridiculous Policies such as Net Zero have been rolled out and are being adopted by local authorities through polices such as the switch to EPVs, ULEZ and 15 Minute Cities, the practical reality that we don’t need 4-car households and shouldn’t be wasting money that we cannot afford on journeys that we simply don’t need to make are being overlooked and are in danger of being passed by.

We don’t need cars that sit in car parks all day and on driveways or by the sides of roads during holidays, weekends and overnight. But we do need to have access to the most appropriate forms of transport for the journeys that we need to make, as and when we need to make them, and we need a localised system that makes this happen – and happen well, for us all.

The opportunity to set up Community Vehicle Lending Hubs

I am looking for people with an interest in cars, motorbikes, epvs and emerging transport technology to help create and build local vehicle lending hubs that make shared vehicle use both normal and respectable, and in a way that means consistent quality of experience for users, with the minimization of vehicle abuse.

Whilst experience in things like fleet management, repairs, vehicle hire and areas of work like that would clearly be very helpful, starting with a clean sheet and no experience of these areas is likely to be just as helpful, as we really do need to get this offering right to create the buy-in that we need from members of our communities from the start.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to make a Community Vehicle Lending Hub in your area to thrive
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of Community Vehicle Lending Hubs and what you believe the priorities would be that will encourage People to trust and rely on borrowing vehicles in your local area, rather than falling back on ones that they own

Community Public Transport

Yes, we already have a large number of community transport organisations and providers such as Dial-a-rides. However, many of these are now driven by and focused upon contracts and provision that has been identified by County Councils and Government Agencies in ways that make them subservient to the Establishment, creating the perception that they are just there for ‘old people’ or children with special educational needs.

On the other hand, the ‘public transport’ that we have, which includes both buses and trains, stopped being public in the genuine sense, the moment that the operating companies, transport providers, and infrastructure companies were privatised and became tools in profit-making hands.

Yes, they provide services that are accessible to the public. But they are not in any way focused on the need for genuine public transport to be universally accessible, and they never will be for as long as private shareholder interest and earnings or dividends being paid to owners remains involved.

In the absence of any will on the part of the Establishment to take back and maintain public transport services without the involvement of privately owned companies or the influence of unions who by holding any organisation to ransom are in effect doing exactly the same thing, we must work to create a Community Public Transport Service that begins by ensuring that transport provision exists within local communities where any services that can be provided by Community Vehicle Lending Hubs ends.

The opportunity to set up a Community Public Transport Hub in your area

The big focus for developing Community Public Transport Hubs is understanding local need, creativity and innovation when it comes to meeting that need, and a very open and positive approach to working with customers from within the local community, as well as being able to engage with and build good working relationships with the stakeholders who will be unavoidably involved.

Unlike the majority of the social entrepreneur roles and opportunities listed with The Glos Community Project, this one does require that those interested already have a Full, preferably clean Driving License which will ideally include minibus driving (up to 17 seats) – NOT for Hire or Reward.

There may also be a requirement for those running or contributing to the management of our Community Public Transport services to hold or qualify for a Certificate of Professional Competence (CPC) in bus service operations, and/or that they can apply for and hold a Private Hire License, which will require a basic DBS check and no previous driving disqualifications or other forms of conviction that will exclude them from applying to or being registered by the Licensing Department at the local District or Borough Council.

If you have any past convictions or problems with your driving license, you should be able to check the Licensing Policy for Private Hire & Hackney Taxi Licenses online. Please note that we will check every existing local policy before beginning work on any new hub.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to build a very successful Community Public Transport Service within your local community area
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of universal transport provision and Community Public Transport, and what you believe will be necessary for People to experience daily, so that the service genuinely works.

Food Supply

By far the most important areas of the social or community businesses that The Glos Community Project is aiming to focus on is the growing, harvesting, preparation, production and supply of basic or essential foods within the shortest and most reliable supply chains possible.

Sadly, we take for granted that food will always be available either online or at the local supermarket. Even though there were some minor shortages during the Covid Pandemic and some supplies of vegetables were temporarily out of stock or in reduced supply earlier in 2023, the reality is that none of us have yet experienced the shortages and changes to the food supply that are now almost certain to come in the months and years ahead.

Globalisation, centralization and the economics of big business have made our communities and the whole of the UK itself dependent upon the supply of basic and essential foods that we could easily grow ourselves. For the sake of somebody somewhere making bigger and bigger profits, whilst power has been taken further and further away from the people so that it can be concentrated in the hands of the few, we have been sold the lie that it’s better for all of us if food comes to us across whole continents, and that it’s also better for us and will make us all happier if it comes to us in increasingly processed or ultra processed forms.

Many don’t even  realize that we have become dependent on foods that are not in any way healthy for us, whilst our agricultural and growing sectors have themselves surrendered or given up the ability to grow and provide a range of food stuffs for local supply, whilst the politics of money and globalism have made farmers reliant upon incomes they have little or no influence over, whilst growing fewer and fewer things.

Farm shops are not a luxury or non-essential choice. But it serves the current economic model for us to see them that way

Many of us visit farm shops – where they are available, and do so with the belief that to do so is a luxury or a treat, because we can be fairly sure that whatever they sell to us will cost more than what we would pay for it at a supermarket – even though the levels of quality and the provenance are nowhere near being the same.

Farm shops and any retail business that sells locally made, perhaps organic, high-quality foods with the absolute minimum of processing involved seem expensive, because the way that most foods are mass produced and massively processed has made them that way. It is quite literally the economics of scale that not only appear to make food cheaper, but also guarantee that the marketplace is controlled by very few hands, and that the people involved make ridiculous profits from whatever they do.

Whilst we need affordable basic or essential foods more than ever, we do not need any part of the process that only appears to benefit us by lowering the purchase price, but then goes on to cost us in every other possible sense – including the increasing risks to our health and our lives.

If the whole of the UK Farming, Growing and Fishing Industries were reformed and restructured so that their priority and focus was always on local supply – through complete supply chains that are as local as it is possible for them to be, the price of all essential and basic foods of a much higher quality and standard would quickly come down and be accessible to everyone too.

Our Farmers are struggling because the Establishment is failing them too

One of the most regrettable parts of the Food Supply Question today is the reality that Farmers are already acutely aware that the self-sufficiency or food security of the whole of the UK is now at very high risk.

Sadly, although Farmers are some of the most creative, resourceful and entrepreneurial people you could ever meet or know, the Industry and its leaders like the National Farmers Union, is still very much committed to the misplaced belief that the Establishment will come to the rescue and provide the support they all want for whatever they currently envision as being the necessary change.

For those from the farming community who read this, it is time to realise, understand and accept that there are many different agendas at work within and beyond the Establishment, but none of them place a priority on anything like the traditional model of farming even in the way that we currently know or believe it to be.

Like so many other areas of business and life, we must now take a very practical approach and different view of food production, and continue to do so for as long as the current Establishment is able to maintain its hold.

We must bypass the Establishment food strategies and incentive plans, and point all farming and food producing businesses back to community focused production using up to date methodology and thinking, but in a very traditional, perhaps even shops-around-the-village-green kind of way.

On the current trajectory, more and more farmers will lose or have to give up farms, whilst communities will be pushed further and further away from being able to sustain themselves as we unnecessary lose more and more productive land.

Local Food Circuits

The Glos Community Project aims to work with farmers, and all locally aligned businesses to champion and recreate localised Community Food Chains that keep the growing, production, necessary processing and preparation, transport and supply of all basic and essential foods as local and as self-sufficient as possible, so that local communities can quite literally fend for themselves.

This is an ambitious task. Not least of all, because many will see the return of fully localised markets as a regressive or backwards step, simply because of the way that certain interests and the focus upon profit always being the key priority has conditioned them to think.

However, farmers, aligned business leaders and members of the wider community coming together to discuss a mutually beneficial strategy will quickly open up doors and a dialogue that very few would currently consider to be viable – but that is quickly going to make a massive amount of sense in what are very turbulent and changing times.

The Opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate Farm Direct Cooperatives

I am actively looking for a number of social entrepreneurs who have the people skills, the ability and the motivation to knock on doors, open up and build new relationships with a range of very different people who are very worried about the future, but are at least initially likely to be very resistant to considering stepping away from the business model where the establishment makes all the rules and only they can offer any help.

You may be from the Farming or Rural Community or from outside of them. But you will have both fluency and understanding not only what farmers and growers have the ability to do, as well as what might be their needs, along with a very innovative and entrepreneurial view and understanding of what it is likely to take to get the right people, businesses and agencies together, to make robust local food supply chains work, so that the self-sufficiency and food security of local communities can be guaranteed.

It is very important to accept that the really exciting part of this social or community business platform will be just how much knowledge already exists within all of businesses that would gain from being involved and that the success of this part of The Glos Community Project will depend on getting everyone who could contribute and benefit from this, not only to open up and share their ideas, but to also commit to becoming actively involved.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to open doors within the farming community and with business leaders within the community who will all need to be inspired by the story that makes real the truth that there is another way.
  • A short overview of why you believe that Local Food Circuits will provide food security and what you believe the common USP will be that will engage, create buy-in and get everyone important on board

Allotments & Home Growing

Whilst farmers and the Grower community have the ability to change their working practices and to create and employ new infrastructure quickly, the industry wide change that will be needed may not happen as quickly as we might all like – once the need for this massive change really begins to hit home.

To help and support the creation, development and implementation of Local Food Circuits, there is a part that the majority of us can play in helping ourselves and contributing to the local community effort, if we are prepared to ‘Home Grow’ any foods that we can.

There are a range of ways that Home Growing from the smallest scale up to a level where you might be able to supply certain fruits or vegetables to your whole area could be possible, depending on what resources you already have access to. These might include a garden, a deep window sill, an allotment, or an area within your home where you could set up a hydroponics system.

Today, Home Growing is seen as being quirky or excentric by many. Yet it could be a very easy and quick way for everyone who is able, to ensure that they have ongoing or regular access to a source of the vital nutrition that everyone genuinely needs.

The opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate Home Growing Hubs

To support Local Food Circuits and also feed into our new Community Marketplace, it is an aim of The Glos Community Project to support homeowners to utlise the space and resources that they have available for Home Growing, and to identify land and develop the availability of allotments so that Home Grown fruits or vegetables of one kind or another are available to everyone.

I am looking for social entrepreneurs who can either set up and run, or coordinate others to provide the following:

  • Purchase, sale and supply of gardening equipment
  • Purchase, sale and supply of hydroponics equipment
  • Rental, purchase, preparation and letting of allotments
  • Developing an online signposting service to quickly identify anything that will help
  • Work with our Skills for Life facilitators to provide online, classroom and one-to-one training

Like Farm Direct Facilitators and Coordinators, the ability and desire to collaborate with others who have knowledge and skills that will help is vital to the success of this role, as if having a very open mind and the ability to inspire people across the community to think about the meaning of self-sufficiency in a very different way.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help to demonstrate the kind of approach you would have to getting people to commit to and stay committed to Home Growing.
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about Home Growing and the role you see that it will play in providing food security at the most local level.

Building Local Economies

‘But we already have a local economy?’ I hear you think.

Yes, we do. But they are very much part of the national and international economy and the real question you might want to ask yourself is how does the economic system that we have really benefit or work for you?

Unless you are a) a billionaire b) a massive corporate shareholder c) playing the markets in some way or d) working for one or someone very similar to all of the above, the economic and monetary system that we have is not working for you or benefiting you in any way – whatever the common, constructed or urban myths tell you.

In my book Levelling Level, we discussed the certain reality that Money isn’t worth anything other than what any of us believe it to be. But that doesn’t stop a great many people who are otherwise probably very sensible from attributing great value to it and letting the accumulation and manipulation of it takeover their lives – all without even a second thought for the cost to everyone else.

Regrettably, the journey that the Establishment is now pushing us along toward the extinction of cash and the use of central digital bank currencies (CDBC) or government derived cryptocurrencies isn’t one that will end well for anyone whose interests aren’t closely aligned with whatever the narrative of the Establishment might be.

The immense power that will be held by people we will never meet, because they can see where every penny of our money has come from and how it is then spent is only surpassed in terms of the danger to our freedom to do whatever we legally want to, by the reality that just because they might disagree with something we have said or whatever we might believe in, they would have the power to switch our money off and prevent us from accessing it whenever they might like.

You only need to think about the political figures who are already having their banking facilities closed down and are being denied access to alternatives to see an illustration of how this will all work. It doesn’t matter whether you agree with their politics or not today, this type of action will become a growing threat to the entire population if the management of money remains in the hands of the Establishment – and that’s before we even get to the discussion about the damage a financial system where the Establishment can just create money as and when it feels like it is doing and has done to our lives already – before thinking about what absolute control and tracking of money will allow them to make it become.

Making money and currencies nothing more than a unit of exchange, once again

The value of money dictates everything today. And the value of money is in the hands of the establishment and very greedy and profit hungry people who have zero understanding and no care about the consequences that come from what they do, as long as the system continues to benefit them.

Whilst a return to the gold standard and pegged or anchored economies would be a sensible step, the reality is that the system is now so rotten and influenced by speculation and private interests that are on the make, that the governance that exists is unlikely to ever deliver a monetary or economic system that genuinely works in the best interest of us all.

We have no choice but to start the money system all over again.

People, their presence and their value and input into the economy is the method that should be the basis for all financial value, not how much anything and everything costs us, or when we possess it, it can then be considered to be worth.

Through The Glos Community Project, the long term aim will be to create a system of new, localised currencies that will be available in a cash equivalent and cryptocurrency or digital form, but will be administered locally and be geographically specific, with the national level currency only being used for transactions between areas or as the baseline that maintains a fixed value between what the basic unit of each currency is worth.

In the short term, the creation of local economies will be focused on allowing people to trade anything they want to, including their labour, their knowledge and their skills, in a way that will quickly become insulated against greed and stupidity driven forms of inflation that are quite literally on the verge of collapsing the existing financial system or ‘bringing down the bank’.

We have no choice but to go back to basics and reject a monetary system that is destroying lives whilst it manipulates all of us and abuses our trust.

Bartering and Fair Exchange

Nobody other than the individual themselves, should be able to define and police a system of values that can exclude or disenfranchise them, based on issues that are outside of their own influence.

With increasing numbers of people missing meals or being forced to make the conscious decision between what essentials they can or can no longer afford, the return to a system where everything can be traded openly and fairly has never been needed by so many as it is right now.

The Glos Community Project is  focusing upon bartering and exchange of new and used goods, basic and essential foods and the services that People genuinely need so that anything and everything that any person has or is able to legally able to offer for sale or for exchange can be traded for something that they need, or for a monetary or currency value that is based solely on what the trading parties agree that the specific item or offering is worth.

Community Marketplaces & Local Exchanges

The New Local Economy is built around Local Exchanges, where all goods and services are available and accessible to all, whether they are provided by a business or an individual.

Membership is open to everyone from within the area of the community and trading is available both at a Local Exchange Hub and online with any costs being covered by a membership and/or access fee on a not-for-profit basis.

Local Currency

The ultimate aim is that each local community will have its own currency that will be available in both a cash equivalent and digital or cryptocurrency form.

The local currency will be fixed in value so that outside influences are then unable to profit from trading the currency or damage the stability of the Local Economy by either crashing or over inflating the total value of the money that is in circulation, held by any person or business and in use.

Local currencies will be the normal method of exchange within the community, but will be interchangeable with the national currency.

The only circumstances where the value of the currency will be negotiable would be within the circumstances of essential international trade

Building The Community Marketplace

Increasing numbers of People are unable to afford to buy the basic food, essential goods and services that they need, just to remain healthy, safe and secure.

Communities must take the steps necessary to help everyone who needs to turn the food they grow, the goods they make or no longer want, or the spare time that they have into whatever they need most, without middle men or profit-making businesses inflating the costs of anything and everything they touch.

The Glos Community Project is building a Community Marketplace that will pivot around a Local Exchange that is both physical and online, and will be supported by a fixed value local currency that will be available in both cash and digital forms.

The opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate the Community Marketplace

I am looking for social entrepreneurs who already have a good practical understanding of the real economy, as well as the basic theories that underpin both classical and neoclassical economics in the sense that they relate to how the world works today.

However, that in itself is not enough. Being visionary in your outlook, you must be able to look beyond a world where money is the common factor in everything, and replace it with a much happier and healthier one where people and humanity are the common factor instead.

Stepping through and navigating between the world as most people see it today, and how it’s going to be, you will become a key collaborator, helping to develop the Community Marketplace person by person and business by business, as we complete the design and planning of the Local Exchanges and Currencies that will provide the necessary infrastructure, and then roll the whole system out.

Able to work as easily with the abstract as well as the practical, whilst making allowances for how others may not easily be able to do the same, any knowledge of cryptocurrencies, software and app design as well as existing trading and auction sites online will all be a great help.

Above all, like all the roles working with others within The Glos Community Project, it’s the relationship with people and understanding how others think and what influences them to do so that will help you most of all.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help show your fluency in economics and money management,
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about Community Marketplaces whilst demonstrating that you not only grasp but are fully committed to the principle of building community tools that put People First too.

Mend & Make Do | Repair Centres

Recycle, Reuse, Repair, Restore, Refurbish, Reclaim, Revitalise are all words that our current throw-away culture has taught us to look down on, unless you are either trying to make some kind of statement about your values, or you already have no choice but to recognise the value that remains within all sorts of goods that we use every day, but would otherwise just replace.

Those who still have the luxury of being able to afford and access goods that in many cases have deliberately been created with planned obsolescence or the ongoing need for them to be replaced in mind, rarely consider the reality that the option of recycling, reusing and repairing exists. Yet beyond the waste of money that every new purchase that could have been avoided really is, these are too often the same people that tell us they are the champions of green and ethical issues that run completely contrary to the profit driven exploitation and overuse of natural resources that their buying habits have legitimized, and that the greater percentage of all purchases made today are for goods that they want, but don’t actually need.

Theres nothing wrong with making maximum use of everything that we need. Ultimately, we must embrace a new view of standards for all goods so that quality will ensure longevity, and ongoing reuse, so that industry only delivers the goods that we need them too, and returns to both a size, standard and locality that works for our communities and our country as it should.

The Glos Community Project aims to promote the Make Do and Mend or Mend and Make do mindset, that successfully got British People through the very challenging period that surrounded the Second World War, but also demonstrated that there is nothing wrong with making the best of everything that we have – and that the problems only arise when narratives change or the messages that are shared publicly suggest that this isn’t a healthy way to think.

We want anyone and everyone who has goods, clothes or equipment that they have previously thrown away to start thinking again, and to start thinking recycle, repair, reuse, even if they don’t need them for their own use and then sell or exchange them, so that those items can then make someone else happy elsewhere.

The Opportunity to Coordinate and facilitate Local Repair & Refurbishment Hubs

These are roles that will work closely with the Facilitators & Coordinators of our Local Market Exchanges and Clothing Libraries and depending upon the skills and background of the applicant, they could oversee the development and management of both.

For stand-alone operations, I am looking for socially entrepreneurial people who have a background as a professional, voluntarily or even as a hobby, in repairing furniture, bikes, electrical goods and general household items to a very high standard – and to meet legislative requirements where necessary.

Repair Hubs are likely to run better with a number of people pooling their different skills and experience together, and it is therefore likely that applicants can expect to be collaborating with others very closely, from very early on.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that makes clear any technical training, experience and time served that you have.
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about being a champion of ‘Make Do and Mend’ thinking, and how making a social business out of the processes involved is a very exciting prospect for you.

Skills for Life Courses

Regrettably, education has lost sight of the relationship between being able to live a good, healthy and self-sufficient life, and what political and academic idealism currently dictates that it should be.

The problems that many people face throughout their lifetimes, just because a one-size-fits-all model has been imposed on a significant part of the population that either has a very different learning style, or for reasons outside of conscious control aren’t engaged with schooling in the way they are currently expected, do not fit a modern society that champions equality in all things.

In the longer term, the consequences of not having an education system that genuinely respects the reality that all young people of school age are generally either heads or hands, will be addressed by forms of government that actually do what public representation says it will on the box.

Until then we need to create new ways to help not only young people, but people of all ages to learn skills for life that the education system failed to give them, or doesn’t even offer any of us as standard anyway.

Life skills are predominantly practical or about the way that we perceive the world or think about it. So, unless the objectivity of academically trained or qualified teachers is clearly demonstrated, using ‘teachers’ to ‘teach’ anyone these skills or guide them to achieve this kind of understanding isn’t likely to be the best way.

The Glos Community Project aims to create an experientially led syllabus of skills and ideas that can be accessed and delivered locally within the community, by people from that community who genuinely have things that will be of use to others to share.

Courses are planned and will include:

  • Politics and how Politics and Government works
  • Basic Economics and how the current economy works
  • Critical Thinking and the dangers of Groupthink
  • Living without being influenced by AI
  • Surviving Social Media
  • Growing your own Food
  • Planning your own work-from-home business
  • Spiritual & Religious Independence

The Opportunity to Coordinate and Facilitate Community Skills for Life Hubs

I am looking for socially entrepreneurial people who have an understanding of education, but also see the value in providing learning opportunities in a more tailored form.

Openly bypassing the Establishment education offering for young people and adults of all ages and abilities, you will be able to speak credibly and create learning tools that are objective and give an accurate view of the areas you specialise in.

Where necessary, you will have a technical understanding that can be demonstrated by qualifications, by experience or both. But whatever background you have, you will be committed to The Glos Community Project principles of freedom of the person and freedom of thought.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that makes clear you have skills and experience that will be of great value to others when shared (If  you’ve read this far and sharing your learning with others is what interests you, please don’t be put off if this question makes you feel like you might not be qualified. Just tell me what you thought of when the question came to you ‘what can you share?’

Other Opportunities

If you don’t feel able or wouldn’t have the time to take on a facilitation or coordination role, we are also seeking people from all backgrounds to share their experience with others.

The list of planned Course above is also by no means exhaustive. So, if you have recognised the need for some kind of training that can be shared and will be genuinely beneficial for everyone within your community – without any kind of aim to influence the way that they think in some way, please get in touch.

Other Project Services The Glos Community Project is working on

As you will already realise, having read this far, we are very motivated by the prospect of what people within our communities coming together have the power to deliver and to do.

We have lots of ideas that we would like to consider, discuss and flesh out with the input of anyone and everyone who feels they can bring useful ideas, knowledge and understanding to the table, so that we can go on to achieve all the things that we would like to.

The list below only represents what we are going to begin looking more carefully at next.

If you have ideas about any of these, or are already considering or working on a social enterprise or charity project in Gloucestershire that sounds like it might overlap with any of these in some way, please get in touch and lets have a chat about how we might be able to help or collaborate so that together, we can achieve our mutual aims.

  • Community Helpers
  • Homeless Hubs
  • Community Pubs
  • Community Brewing
  • Community Supermarket
  • Community Bakery

And there will be more…

Community Meetings | Building a Real Democracy

Politics is the subject that we love to hate and we hate politics for all of the reasons that have made the way that politics is being done across the UK so very wrong.

Whilst it has not been publicly recognised, a very different way of doing politics in the UK exists right now, that has the ability to deliver very different outcomes for us all – just by working together from within our communities, to ensure that when elections are called, we have proper community representatives on the ballot paper, rather than someone or some organisations self-interested choice.

For those who want to see real political change and for us to have public representatives who actually represent the public, once they have been elected, there are opportunities across every community to set up and facilitate Community Meetings where communities can select and appoint candidates for all elections, who are qualified and endorsed as the community choice.

The whole process is covered in my recent book Officially NONE OF THE ABOVE, which is available as a book for Kindle on Amazon, or can be read without cost if you would like to visit my Blog, HERE.

I will be very happy to offer the same kind of help and support to anyone who has read through the whole book and feels that the process tabled is one that they can commit to and follow.

Please get in touch, if you would like to discuss the book and the opportunity to collaborate on this very exciting community building project.

How we will create and develop each social enterprise

The really exciting part for anyone joining The Glos Community Project as a social entrepreneur, is we will step off and into this journey in the same way that you would have to alone, if you were about to set up a business of your own from scratch.

The difference is that I will be there as a mentor, advisor, sounding board and strategic guide to help in every possible way.

Yes, there are many different things that we will need to look at very closely and consider. But we will go through the process of researching and writing the business plan that your specific local community will need and this will be there to help us as we get to work and build the relationships that we need to, as well as being a formal document, presentation and application tool for us to use in gaining any specific kinds of support such as grants and licenses that might be needed, to make sure that everything will work as it should, and that everything is done the right way from the start.

You will be required to play a significant part in this process and you must be ready to apply a very open mind to every experience that creating a new business in these circumstances is likely to throw your way.

This is a prospect that should excite you, rather than intimidate you. Getting it right will be fantastic for you and as the ideas and the effort that you contribute begin to make this new social business take shape, the only thing that will feel better than recognising your own success and the outcome from the work you have done, will be seeing the benefits to so many others make a difference to other People’s lives.

Aims

Immediate Aim 1

To address poverty and the growing shortages of basic essentials with practical solutions delivered for the community by members of the community

Immediate Aim 2

To counter the narrative that only the Establishment can help and overcome learned helplessness by demonstrating that the help we need will come from us ourselves

Immediate Aim 3

To begin the process of creating New Local Economies, championing self-sufficiency, food security and the relocalisation of all supply chains that meet the basic and essential needs of life

Immediate Aim 4

To engage everyone in the process of taking back political decision making from centralised government, focusing the centre of power to the most localised and people-centric form

Principles

Local buy, Local supply

No speculation, agents or middle men

People First

Money or Currency is a unit of exchange and doesn’t vary in value

Technology is there to support roles, not to replace them

Just because we can, doesn’t mean we should

The lowest paid should be able to support themselves fully and provide all the basic essentials for life that they need on the equivalent of the basic or minimum weekly wage, without going into debt or requiring third party support of any kind.

Power must be as local to the people and the community in which they live and contribute as much as possible

Collaborate and make it even better

If any part of all of The Glos Community Project proposal is ringing bells or making sense to you and you can see a way we can improve on what you can see, or extend into a service offering that you are currently unable to see, please get in touch and share your thoughts.

We are not precious about the offer we are making. It’s a beginning and certainly not the end. So, by the time we are really off and running and in the business of delivering real change, we appreciate and value the input that will inevitably come from many different people and sources.

You really don’t have to join as a social entrepreneur or volunteer a specific set of skills to be able to help. The only thing we will insist on is that you really can live by and embrace the approach that whoever we are and wherever we are from, we are all 100% in this together, and that any advice, support or direction is given freely and without any form of direction or conditions attached.

Can we help you with a project that has similar aims?

If you are already working on a project serving your community that is aligned with The Glos Community Project offering in any way, we would be very happy to consider supporting you and collaborating with you wherever you are.

Regrettably, we cannot support projects or work where specific agendas or political motives are involved – no matter how good or harmless you may consider them to be.

More Reading

An Economy for the Common Good and The Glos Community Project were not written in isolation and are part of a series of books that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022.

Each of the following list of Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Manifesto for a Good Dictator (26 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Back Page

When we hear the word ‘economics’ or ‘economy’, what does it make us think?

Money, business, growth, commerce, profit, wealth, trade are all likely to be terms that will spring to mind.

But what if the way we think about economics and what an economy or the economy really are is completely wrong?

What if a genuine economy were not about money or any type of material gain and instead had people, community, the environment, living good happy lives and the common good at its heart?

An Economy for the Common Good opens the door to thinking differently about the role of money, finance and economics in our lives and provides examples of the steps that we could take at any time to begin the creation of a new localised economic system that will lead to us all having much better experiences of everything in our lives.

To download a FREE to read PDF copy of An Economy for the Common Good, please follow the link immediately below. If you would like to download a copy for Kindle for the price of £1.99 (UK – correct at time of publication), please follow the link to Amazon at the bottom.

A Community Route | Full Text

How we work together to fix the societal issues that are hurting everyone

Introduction

About this Book: About A Community Route

Whatever brought you here, A Community Route is for you.

The purpose of this book is to provide a reference tool with guidance and suggestions for individuals, groups and communities who recognise the need for change in the way that politics, government and decision-making works in the UK and around the World.

However, A Community Route is also here for those of us who already accept that a fundamental transformation of the way the World works is underway.

A Community Route is here to bring focus to the common ground that lies between the great many different ideas and interpretations of societal and economic change that is both unavoidable and necessary.

A Community Route is about what WE, all of us, together, must do now. As we journey and travel through this period of turmoil and change.

Then, what we do to establish a completely new way of living and being for everyone, as part of a new and very different type of system that lies beyond.

A Community Route is driven by the need to move beyond assessments, conclusions, proposals, plans and solutions that are just another set of subjective ideas that only have value through the lens of experience shared by only the few – whoever the few might actually be.

The objective of A Community Route is to begin providing the objective framework, understanding and awareness necessary to open the door to a future that will be defined from the grassroots-up, knowing that the reach and relevance to all of us of everything that is necessary in our real lives can only be achieved from solutions created by looking through a lens, shared by all.

All the problems we have and all the views we have about them matter the same, whoever we are

Everyone’s view of what is happening in the UK and across the World today is important. Even if the view that any one of us has, isn’t a view that recognises the need for change that exists.

Each of us and those we identify and stand with today might consider the solutions to all of the problems we have being related to a priority or a pressing issue such as one or more of the following:

  • AI
  • Brexit
  • The Cost-of-Living Crisis
  • Democracy (or a lack of it)
  • Digital Tyranny & Control
  • The Elites (WEF, WHO etc.)
  • The Financial System (Who controls money and how)
  • Food Security (Grow your own, localised production)
  • Freedom of Speech
  • Globalisation (Or Deglobalisation)
  • Healthy Living (Basic Foods)
  • The loss of Values
  • Media Manipulation
  • Money (or a lack of it)
  • Net Zero (Green & Climate Policy, LTNs, ULEZs and 15 Minute Cities)
  • Political Parties
  • Technology
  • US Hegemony
  • The War in Ukraine
  • Wokeism, Political Correctness and Minority Rights

Or it might be something entirely different, which will come from a VERY long list.

The immediate problem that we face is almost everyone, like you and like me, believes that the solution(s) we ourselves see as being the way to address the problems we all face will be exactly the same as everyone else who is ‘awake’ does. And that everyone else will – once those other people wake up, see the problems and the solutions that we need, in exactly the same way.

So, someone else – in fact many someone elses, are also out there, expecting you to forget what you are passionate about, just as you may be expecting them to do so right now.

They see the solution to everyone’s problems as being their own solution. They are expecting you, me and everyone else who doesn’t agree to change our minds and fall-in behind whatever it is that they see.

The Mountain of perception that we have to climb and conquer before we will succeed

It is essential that every one of us understand and accept that in isolation, tackling any one or just a certain number or even a fraction of the problems that need to be addressed will not be enough.

Cherry picking the issues that we ourselves believe to be the most important will not be sufficient to facilitate or even open the door slightly’ to the comprehensive and meaningful change that we must now have. IF we are to achieve the goal of creating a future for everyone that is balanced, fair and just for all.

One view or just a handful of views will not engage all of the people and the whole communities that they are part of in the way that we all need them to become engaged. IF we are to have a fighting chance of achieving the kind of change that we all so desperately need throughout the UK and across the World.

Whatever your specific view and the view that you share with others who share that specific view might be, that view will not be devalued or cancelled out by recognising, understanding and accommodating the different views of others. Quite the opposite in fact.

It is by recognising and then implementing the rules, systems and procedures that will work for us all to facilitate fairness, balance, justice and freedom for everyone, all within a clear governance framework – but by not allowing anything more – that we can create a future that will allow and encourages each of us to be happy, healthy, human in all relationships, and at peace with who we genuinely are.

It is only by launching, developing and evolving a framework of rules that allow real democracy to grow, flourish and thrive – and to then protect those principles in every genuine way that we can, so that we will be able to live the kind of life that we want to do so.

We must be able to exist freely and unhindered, without our own freedom hindering others, and within a societal model that correctly puts each of us and our humanity first.

Why do we need A Community Route

You are here because at the very least, you know deep down or unconsciously that things in our lives are changing and that no matter how ‘normal’ everything around you now appears to be, there is nothing ‘normal’ about any of it.

You know that things have been feeling less and less ‘normal’ for a very long period of time.

The chances are that you are both a rational and sensible person and that whether it’s politically correct to say so or not, you possess what we used to feel free to call common sense.

However, it is just as likely that you cannot consciously see anything changing or deviating that much away from what you think of as being ‘normal’. That anything that seems out of sorts, will somehow be resolved. That everything will return to being how it always has been – just like it was before.

The hard reality that we all face is nothing will ever be the same as it has been.

Furthermore, we must also understand that the kind of change that is now underway, is happening, bit by bit, and in steps or in stages that in themselves will appear to arrive very quickly. But are nonetheless taking place one at a time.

The truth that we face is that when the moment comes that the majority of us awaken to the reality that substantial change has already taken place across society, we will already be facing a situation where we no longer have the luxury of time to rationalise why everything has happened as it has.

We will not be able to press pause on events so that we can consider what steps we then need to take. IF, that is, we want our future to be one that is genuinely free, where we all have freedom of choice, and where health and happiness are the new ‘normal’ for everyone.

Balance, fairness and justice, with humanity in our relationships is voluntary. It must therefore be a reasoned choice.

And that means people must be ready to lead the way and be the voice of reason that many other people will need in the immediacy of the moment when the direction of the world switches and through chaos, we all find ourselves facing a very different way.

A Community Route is here to help you and help your community once everyone is awake. But it is also here to help you and those within your community who are already awakened or are awakening to what is happening around us now.

A Community Route is about respecting and protecting what we have in common, so that everyone has the same freedom to choose

Finding our way to a future where everything is balanced, fair and just for all, may in the first instance sound as if it’s all about making lots of different rules or laws.

What we must accept and understand is that this is exactly how the World around us acts right now.

We have government at all levels pursuing more and more rules, to support and enhance the rules that they already didn’t need to set for us before.

We have an entire system of government and a public sector that is obsessed with creating laws for laws sake, taking responsibility for more and more areas of life that they have no right to, just so public servants can justify who they believe themselves to be.

Anarchy and the non-existence of any rules or laws are the opposite extreme.

Whilst there will always be those who will argue that being able to do whatever they like without fear of punishment would be a much fairer world to live in, the reality is that for everyone to be genuinely happy, healthy, safe and to feel secure continually and all of the time, there will always be a need for a system of governance or rules set by the community, for the members of that community, to ensure that everything that affects other members of that community is always balanced, just and fair.

Real freedom at a personal or individual level, is the freedom to be, to do, to think as we wish – without any of that freedom encroaching or interfering with the same right to freedom for every other person.

That freedom covers many different things and is a world in itself.

But the world of freedom that is personal to us all is dependent upon factors that will always sit outside of ourselves and outside of our control, when it comes to our interaction with everyone and everything else.

It is to ensure that these outside influences always remain fair, balanced and just in their influence upon us, that a framework of rules, based on principles and values for a people first and values-based life must be created and then protected to ensure that it always exists.

Frameworks work. Micromanagement just puts creates a bigger mess

Frameworks For Freedoms

The point sadly missed by many is that the solutions to the majority of the problems we face are not for any one of us, as individuals, to find answers to, or to come up with the right fix.

Today, we have specific groups, whether that be politicians, banks, businesses, elites or others, attempting and in many cases succeeding in dictating public policy and so-called solutions to problems (That their behavior has usually created). All on the basis that they believe their ideas are best for everyone.

Regrettably, although many of the speakers and well-known influencers who recognise the need for change have their own ideas and solutions, and often appear to provide alternatives, these ideas are also made in isolation.

As such, the results from electing an alternative set of politicians might appear different.

But if we were to simply exchange what we have now for what loud voices and false prophets are offering us instead, we would inevitably end up with many more problems that would only get progressively worse.

The end result would at best be exactly the same as what we have and experience now.

People and their Communities must be supported to make all of the decisions that affect only them.

Amongst those decisions must be the selection and appointment of those public representatives who will represent that Community when decisions are made about anything else.

Regrettably, the point has been lost today, that as long as anyone’s behaviour is not hindering the freedom of others, they will themselves must be free and unhindered to do and behave in any way they like.

The obligation of the Community will only ever be to manage and to provide resources, rules and regulations that work for and in the best interests of that Community and nothing more.

These ‘Frameworks for Freedoms’ overseen by the Community must always be universal in nature. So that they treat each and every person exactly the same.

Frameworks for Freedoms will ensure that no person is given either an advantage or disadvantage, if they should find themselves with nothing in terms of material wealth, or if holding no material wealth should indeed be their voluntary choice.

In its simplest and most easily describable form, an example of a framework rule would be similar to what we today understand as the minimum wage. A universal framework where EVERYONE must be paid that minimum hourly rate, no matter what job it is that they do.

Universality does not entertain prejudices. Nor does it recognise the differences and therefore the prejudices that today’s social conditioning has done so.

So, no matter how we might have been previously conditioned or required to identify someone – whatever the reasons might be, those reasons that we use to attribute social value to those human beings in some way in the past, must now be discarded and left behind.

EVERYONE enters and leaves this world the same. Frameworks for Freedom must ensure that no rules exist which allow anyone to define themselves as being different to others through any position or wealth that they have attained or have been gifted in other ways.

Success and apparent happiness don’t make anyone better than anyone else. Genuine success and happiness are defined by the individual and their own reflections. Not by anyone else or by the world outside.

Frameworks for Freedoms are the doorway that allow everyone to thrive and achieve happy, healthy, safe and secure lives – if they so choose.

The real power and responsibility of community centred governance is to provide these Frameworks and to protect them. Nothing more.

Why frameworks can be relied upon, but rules, regulations and laws cannot.

Every Community must be able to make rules that are considerate of the different dynamics that relate to it.

These rules must always sit outside and beyond making specific requirements that suggest how every individual will enjoy their own freedom and the related right to exist in tangible forms.

These Community rules might relate to very practical measures such as the infrastructure that exists, the types of foods that can be grown or produced in the area, or other ways in which the Community’s economy or local marketplace works.

Each Person must always be treated and respected as the individual they are and given every opportunity to express their freedom to choose how to live, without unnecessary rules, regulations and laws that seek to control – that would only exist for the benefit of those who write or set them.

Genuine frameworks are principles that do not need to be changed.

Whereas rules, regulations and laws tend to be dynamic and must be updated to reflect changes and times.

Rules, regulations and laws are always open to interpretation and to abuse.

If we want our future world to work in a balanced, fair and just way for everyone that always puts people first, it is the principles that need to work, to be consistent, universal and reliable, before anything else.

It is not the detail that counts.

The First Framework for Freedom: (The Basic Living Standard)

There is nothing insignificant about the process of change and the transition from a money, wealth, influence and power-based culture, to one that values and puts people first.

Frameworks that allow everyone to act, think and to behave like the adults that they are will be the very best way to help us all to survive and thrive through as we go through transition and change and then play our part in establishing a new System that is waiting for us beyond.

We may not be able to see how a very different way of living and relating to others would work from where we stand looking at the future right now, as the culture we are experiencing today has taken over everything.

Considering anything contrary to what we consider to be ‘normal’ today can easily leave us feeling overwhelmed.

The relationship that we all have with money is the most important part of the process of change and will be resisted in ways that nothing else will.

This is why changing our approach to money and finance is so important. Every problem we have today relates to our relationship with money and this can only be fixed with a complete switch in focus to putting people first, before anything and everything else.

The First Framework for Freedom (or The Basic Living Standard) is as follows:

That a happy, healthy and balanced life will be affordable and sustainable for everyone, without the need for debt, subsidy or government handouts of any kind, when receiving the minimum, most basic or living wage for working the equivalent of a full working week.

If you remain tied in your beliefs to today’s system and money-based culture, it is unlikely that you will be able to see the defining value of this Framework.

Indeed, you may not even conceive that such a Framework is viable and would certainly not be something that would be supported by choice.

However, if you will take the time to think and work this through, and picture the reality that people, businesses and all organisations would be required to consider this obligation in each and every action or transaction that they make or undertake, you will soon begin to see how this is a central framework rule that has the power to influence and impact upon them all.

Each Person must have the ability to be able to sustain their lives fully on the lowest full-time wage without handouts from the community, without relying on charity and without having to rely upon debt.

In a future people-first economy, everything will point in that direction and contribute to making it work.

The 11 Principal Frameworks of A Community Route

We must accept that for many, a world that focuses on living life differently, simply doesn’t make any sense.

However, just because someone cannot see it, it doesn’t mean that it cannot exist.

Likewise, just because we may only be able to see the future in the same context of how we understand everything in the World around us works today, doesn’t mean that we cannot think differently and embrace what will soon become necessary for everyone – no matter what we might currently believe.

Governance should always be as light-touch and government as small as possible.

In so far as it is possible, people must always be allowed to set their own life rules.

However, a successful future will be based upon us all agreeing upon, working with and committing to governance frameworks that provide the necessary direction, standards and security, so that people and their communities can thrive.

These are the 11 Principal Frameworks:

  1. Economic Localism
  2. Freedom does not hinder and is not hindered in any way.
  3. People First
  4. No Hierarchies. Top-Down is at its end
  5. Local People MUST make Local Decisions Locally & influence from The Grassroots-Up
  6. Local Businesses buy, sell and promote Local Goods first
  7. Every link of the supply chain must add value.
  8. Money or currencies have a fixed value and are only used as a medium of exchange
  9. Technology: A tool to improve life, not end it
  10. The Internet is a tool for life, not an alternative to it
  11. In a People First system, the people will always be the first to speak.

In the pages that follow, we will go through each of these Principal Frameworks, one by one.

1. Economic Localism

If you cannot see it, be in the presence of it or directly engage with it, you cannot trust that it will be in your best interests – whatever it might be.

In a world where everything has been telling us to place our trust and belief in people, businesses, governance, manufacturing , production and services that are somewhere else – either out of our locality, our presence or somewhere online, it does indeed sound counterintuitive to suggest that a better life and way of living for everyone can only come by redirecting the way we live and have relationships with everything in a completely different way.

Yet that is exactly where we need to be.

Easy living, based upon processes and the input of people that we will never meet or see, mean that we have lost sight of responsibility, whilst we have also surrendered our control.

To live well, to live freely, to live healthily and to live happily, the focus of life, living and of everything that feeds into life and supports it must be as local as possible.

Everything must be transparent and be completely under our own control.

Every commercial activity that exists relates to a business, service or process that serves the interests of people in some way.

When commercial activities of any kind are placed in the service of specific interests and interests that are either deliberately hidden or kept out of sight, whatever they do will never be in the interests of us all. The balance between us and the sense of justice and fairness is quickly lost.

The priority for all communities must be to meet everyone’s basic needs so that everyone has the food, the clothing, the transport, the technology, the education, the work and the means to be self-sustaining without the need for help or support, in return for the work they do or the contribution to the community that they make.

This means that the growing of food, production of goods, manufacturing, supply of services and all the supply chains that support normal life and that exist to meet everyone’s basic needs, must be returned to their most locality focused and people-centric forms.

2. Freedom does not hinder and is not hindered in any way

We think that we are free today, and that any fight that might lie ahead is to maintain that freedom.

This is not correct.

The fight ahead is the fight for freedom itself. That’s why we need community focused leadership.

The alternative is to accept further forms of control and tyranny from an establishment or system that still insists that everything it does and will do will be done with our best interests at heart, whilst it seeks to profit from and exploit us all at every turn. All the time, reducing every one of the freedoms that we have today, whilst also seeking to continually reduce and remove our own individual forms of control.

Some might relate this statement to issues like the arrival of new generations of AI and the growing digital tyranny that we are being increasingly controlled and oppressed by. But nothing is so simple as that.

The reality is that we have forgotten what freedom really is.

By being so beholden to and manipulated by the consumer mantra ‘you can have whatever you want, it will always be available, it will always be affordable, and we’ll always give you money to pay for it – as long as you behave’, we have collectively become shackled by always wanting more.

We have forgotten what it is to live life in a way that centres only upon what we actually need.

Today, we are slaves to a values set based upon wealth, money, power and influence being the only things that are important.

We have become so addicted to this way of being and thinking, that we cannot even see how badly we are being hurt by what we already have. Yet we remain desperate for the same self-interests that brought us here to reach out and offer us even more.

True freedom does not hinder us or restrict us in any way.

True freedom only ends when our actions and behaviour become a genuine hindrance to others.

Freedom will always be freedom. Freedom is not something that depends on what people with power and influence dictate.

We must create and maintain a culture, understanding and framework that allows each and every one of us the freedom to be ourselves and who we believe ourselves to be. But at the same time does not restrict or hinder this same freedom in others so that it can contradict its own legitimacy, or force change upon the freedom of anyone to be.

3. People First

We are led to believe and to accept that The System that we have today is run on behalf of the people, by the people and for the people.

It is not.

Most people understand that the system is run in the best interests of those who either run it, or those that they look up to or receive favour from in some way.

But that is not the whole truth.

Everything that we know and understand today revolves around and is focused upon a values set based upon money, wealth, influence and power, along with the processes and actions that help everyone – no matter who they are – to gain and accumulate more of it.

We put money and the value we place in it before people and everything else.

The rise of the internet, the smart tech revolution and now the evolution of AI have made the downward spiral that has existed for over 50 years even worse by creating more and more devices and processes that dehumanize relationships.

Today’s internet creates the impression for anyone or any organisation with a platform that the people they interact with online aren’t actually real.

As far as real life is concerned, people in the digital world simply do not even exist. Yet in return we listen to and respect them as if they are.

This way of living is already unsustainable. But it is set to get even worse as we embrace the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI), without any ethical framework or rules being set up that recognises the negative impacts and outcomes from profit-driven and control-driven misuse.

We must flip or completely turn this situation on its head and create a universal environment that puts people at the forefront of everything and every relationship instead of money.

Using benchmark frameworks that ensure fairness, balance and justice for all such as The Basic Living Standard, which will guarantee the ability of all people to support themselves without going into debt or without having to call on charity or government support, we will have the ability to provide a self-sustaining standard for a happy, healthy, safe and secure life for everyone.

With frameworks that are focused on People, we can also create a light-touch system of governance that uses transparency as an open tool for the system of the future to police itself too.

Today, humanity as a value set has been lost.

We can and will regain our true and most beneficial value set by focusing on the benefits of putting people first.

4. No Hierarchies. Top-Down is at its end

Whilst some of us will understand the concept, none of us alive today have known a world without hierarchies.

Yet hierarchies are one of the most effective tools that exist for the dehumanisation and distancing of humanity and human relationships.

Hierarchies are the reason that societies and industries ultimately fail.

The intrinsic reason for the failure of all hierarchies – where the failure itself can take centuries to reach those at the top – is because hierarchies instantly make decision makers out-of-touch with those they rule.

The System that is failing and collapsing around us today is a classic example of a hierarchy. It is a textbook example of a system that operates from the top-down.

Today’s system is so complex, that the tiers or levels of the hierarchy are not only top-down. The way that we have evolved culturally has meant that we have also extended these tiers or levels from side to side.

This means that the responsibility for decisions that affect our daily lives are not only made by people and organisations or bodies that we will never have contact with.

It also means that their role, responsibilities and influence are also heavily – and all too conveniently obscured from our view.

Leadership has become synonymous with hierarchy. Yet the interchangeability of the two words or terms must no longer be considered as meaning the same thing.

We most certainly need leaders to shine and take responsibility for leading us.

But leadership does not come by right. It does not appear through career progression. It certainly doesn’t come through position or assumed power – even though the elites want us to believe this – try as they might.

Poor leaders who have no appreciation of the mechanics of leadership, nor any understanding of what leadership genuinely is, usually surround themselves with leaders who are even weaker, who then do exactly the same thing when it becomes their turn to lead.

Likewise, the accumulation of wealth or apparent success with a certain kind of business is no guarantee of anyone’s ability, the ethics or the morality that will drive them if they find themselves in a position where deference and the way that society works would enable them to take a lead.

Today, we have reached a position where everything we know in terms of governance and the way that the rules governing the way society, business and culture function has such people at the top and intrinsically involved.

We must end these hierarchies. We must end everything that functions in the sense of decisions being made by any form of power and influence that is remote and that we can identify in any way as being top-down.

5. Local People MUST make Local Decisions Locally & Influence from The Grassroots-Up

When we have a problem, we look to the people closest to us or those who are around us and in our lives for help. We quite literally reach out to our local support networks.

So why do we always reach outside of our local support networks for everything else and believe that the people, the businesses, the politicians and whatever else we interact with will value us at a personal level and with our best interests at heart, just the same?

Whilst there must always be an objectively created framework of rules that establish and maintain equality in all things that will be equal and that there is equality for all, the creation of such rules and regulations must be undertaken by people who understand what life is really like for all.

If decision makers do not interact with the people, the area, the community for which any set of rules are made, they cannot make those decisions in the most informed manner.

True equality of opportunity must exist for society to be balanced, fair and just.

But equality of opportunity and one-size-fits all are never the same thing. That is, unless you are the one with all the power and you sit in isolation at the very top.

In our world of the future, it will be Local people – that’s the people we talk to and see regularly or could call on easily and without difficulty – who will always be making the decisions on public policy and governance that will have any effect upon us and the people we care about.

There are very few decisions made by any of the existing levels of government today that cannot be returned, along with the power that enables them, to the most local or community level.

Instead, rules are today being made that have a real impact upon the quality of life that we all experience, by people who will never visit or understand our areas and communities, and who we will never have reason to know.

Lawmaking powers must be returned to the level nearest to the people possible to do so. In the majority of cases, this will always be within a local or community framework.

Cost or political expedience is in itself no excuse for rules to be passed to anyone or to any organisation outside of our local frameworks. The reality is that excuses like these are quite literally all they are – excuses that sound beneficial to everyone.

The truth is that they are all about taking power away from us so that someone else can better serve their own self-interest, by taking and misusing our control.

Local people will always be best equipped to make local decisions. There is no need for anyone else, any group or political party to be involved.

We can only return power to the people by rejecting the phoney democracy that it will take us working together as a whole community to replace.

6. Local Businesses buy, sell and promote local goods first

We shouldn’t trust what we cannot physically experience, even if it physically exists somewhere else.

Just as it will be in the interests of our health to avoid foods that don’t resemble their basic, raw form – unless the processing used is simple, such as was traditionally undertaken by hand (e.g. Bread, Butter, Cheese), we will learn to avoid and distrust the processes of growing, manufacturing and production that are not accessible or cannot be accessed, viewed and assessed by people who are known to us and that we can trust.

People with money, influence and power today have abused the trust that so many of us have placed in them by exploiting the rationale that out of sight is out of mind.

They do this because they remain confident that if we cannot see it, we do not care about it, we are not interested in it, and that we will take the provenance and care for our best interests that go into it for granted.

Corruption is not only a term that relates to financial payments, favours and backhanders that skew decisions today that should always be impartial and fair.

Processes of all kinds have become corrupted by the self-interest and profiteering that drives them.

There is no reason why the basic goods, foods and services that we all need for life cannot be grown, produced, manufactured and supplied locally – IF we are putting people and a values-based way of living first, using methods that will quickly resolve some of the biggest issues that society currently has.

Yes, there may always be a need to trade local goods that exist in excess, for those that cannot be locally produced. Or to create a regulated currency for the purpose of being a medium of exchange that can do the same.

But if we work locally, with local people, in the interests of the locality and the local community, a balance for this will always exist.

It is only when greed and the self-interest of the few enter the equation that a process begins where balance, fairness and justice is lost. Selfishness is where it all begins to go wrong.

Local Businesses must always prioritise local suppliers for their services, raw materials and goods.

Quality and experience are always the key, and by chasing profit or by attempting to avoid rules that achieve the same, transparency, provenance, authenticity and everything good will always be lost.

7. Every link of the supply chain must add value

Whilst it is the money system and the way that money creation and circulation are managed that are the fundamental problem with the way that the worldwide economy works today, this mismanagement itself has encouraged a cultural mindset that focuses on saving costs and making more profit. Not as a consequence of what the business does; not because there is some kind of rule requiring them to do so; not because circumstances demand it of them. But because they can.

We have reached a stage where businesses that we could argue have a legitimate involvement in supply chains that provide a service or supplies to the people, such as supermarkets, already use every excuse that sounds plausible to convince retail customers that prices need to keep rising.

Meanwhile, supermarkets push producers and growers at the other end of the supply chain to sell at prices where they can barely continue to exist (and increasingly don’t).

However, the problem today reaches way beyond businesses such as those we would recognise as having a legitimate role in production and supply to play.

There are also many other companies, ‘agents’, speculators, and other ‘interests’, who buy and sell raw materials, components, ingredients, fuels, minerals and even currencies, who do nothing to add value to the product or whatever it is they are buying and selling.

But in whatever way they become involved, they nonetheless add and take a fee for themselves.

That excess profit, made without adding value to the supply chain – when adding value could be refining, making an engine out of components, or even selling to the customer at the end of the ‘chain’, raises the costs of all of these goods and even services unnecessarily.

In every circumstance within a supply chain where anyone takes a margin without adding any value to the process, it makes the end product or service more expensive for everyone to buy and makes it more difficult to live.

There must always be a reward for input, whether that be growing, mining, processing, refining, delivering or selling.

But nobody and no business will be able to take a reward, just because they can afford to insert themselves into any part of any supply chain that exists or may be under discussion ahead of time – pushing up prices as they do so, and then selling on at a profit which pushed those prices up further.

Regrettably, the historic greed of growers, producers and all the different companies that in some cases also carry out unnecessary cost-raising activities or roles, has surrendered the ability of whole industries to take back control of their own marketplace because they are today tied into commercial relationships they feel unable to leave behind – even though they are being progressively broken by them.

Supply chains must be as short as it is possible. No unnecessary business, agent or entity of any kind can be allowed to be involved in the growing, production, manufacturing, storing, transport or selling of foods, goods and services that are essential to life – of any kind.

Of those businesses or entities that have involvement at any stage of any supply chain, they MUST add value to the chain with whatever it is they do.

No other interests other than those that are adding value to the chain must ever be allowed to be involved.

Speculation or ‘futures’ must be prohibited for any raw materials, foods or goods that are part of any supply chain that provides essential goods, services or supplies that are essential to basic life.

Speculation and ‘futures’ selling or handling is nothing more than gambling and no one has the right to gamble with anyone else’s life.

8. Money or currencies MUST have a fixed value and only be used as a medium of exchange

Money isn’t real. Yet we have been conditioned to believe that it is.

Money is a unit or medium of exchange.

Yet we have been conditioned to believe that money is a thing. That money holds value of its own, and that the value that money holds is variable in its own right – well beyond the basic principles necessary for currency exchange.

Money has become the benchmark that dictates the value of life and the value of every individual’s existence.

For as long as this money-based order, reality or culture that we have today continues to exist, the values that underpin humanity and human existence will matter less and less.

Money and currencies of any kind are useful to us, as long as they are only used as the medium of exchange that they are. Rather than being believed to be or considered to be an accumulation of material wealth in itself – as it is today.

For as long as we continue to allow the value of anything and everything to be determined by the value of money, which itself can then vary from day to day, the power of any individual, business or community to regulate, manage and sustain healthy lives will be compromised.

Until 1971, when neoliberalism fully took over, the value of the money that existed was always pinned or anchored to the value of gold.

‘The Gold Standard’ was far from being a perfect system or system that was balanced, fair and just in itself – as any good study of economic history will demonstrate. But what its existence did demonstrate was the benefit of having the value of money restricted, which meant that there was considerably less opportunity for the system to be ‘played’ – as it has been, to our considerable cost, ever since.

A fair, balanced and just economic system that puts people first must rest its economic base upon the people that exist within that system, along with the fundamental value we can associate with what those people then put in or take out of it.

That value may indeed be translated into money or a form of currency or digital currency of some kind.

But there is no requirement or need for that value to ever be variable in a system that puts people first and does not accept that non-essential or basic goods that it cannot itself produce must be secured, no matter the price.

The value of human existence and the value of the work or effort that any individual puts into the system must be the benchmark which everything to do with monetary exchange and value must be pinned.

For life to be valued and for that value of life to be maintained as it will always be, money or currencies of any kind must always be a unit of exchange that holds no value of its own that can be bought, sold or exchanged.

9. Technology: A tool to improve life, not end it

It would be foolish to not recognise the value of the advances in technology that humanity has experienced throughout the industrial age.

Those technological advances have increased exponentially as we have picked up speed through the digital age, with advances that we have experienced in just the past few years alone, already providing us with the opportunity to look at life in a very different way.

Technology has always had the power to do much good. To improve life in many ways and to remove all kinds of risks from the workplace for everyone who may be involved.

However, technology and its development has also been increasingly abused.

Technological advances are used by industries to increase profits and are today increasingly seen as a way to reduce the numbers of people employed to work. All without any due regard for the impact on individuals, communities, entire countries and the industries that are involved.

It is true that no business or organisation exists purely to employ people.

Employment and the need to employ people to carry out any function that the development of a business or organisation and the products or services that it delivers, has and always will be a happy consequence of organic growth from the provision of goods and services of a quality that are essential to life and which people and communities genuinely need.

Profit should always be a happy consequence of good delivery and management. Never the primary aim.

The power of good in technology rests in its ability to be used to improve and enhance working practices and quality of life.

Not to make work or employment unnecessary for anyone, or to be used as a functional device to control or restrict people or humanity in any way.

There are and always will be negative consequences when technology of any kind is used and harnessed for purposes other than to improve life or working conditions.

Those who lose out will always lose out badly.

Whilst those who believe they are using technology to benefit themselves or their business will only every experience a pyrrhic win.

In a people centric or people-first economy and World, technology must always be used to improve the experience of everyone. Not as a tool that can only ever benefit the few.

10. The Internet is a tool for life, not an alternative to it

Many neither realise nor appreciate that the arrival of the internet and the functionality that it has offered us, has never been governed or regulated by governments and those that govern on our behalf in ways that benefit us.

The internet and the online world that is developing with it is and always has been a two-edged sword. It has brought as many downsides or dark aspects with it as the positive or good aspects that it has given us – and potentially a lot more.

Many of the social problems that we experience today can be attributed to behaviour that was deemed acceptable online before it then found its way into the real world or the mainstream.

From early on, people and businesses using the internet – whatever the purpose may have been – didn’t recognise the same social etiquette, politeness, manners, morals, standards or behaviour that we considered to be the cultural norm in ‘real life’ outside. Principally, because there was never any real system of Governance in place and so none of those same rules appeared to exist.

The rate of behavioral change in social conditioning from locality to online has been confined to within what might only be one generation.

Young people today take all of their social cues and conditioning from the world online. Rather than from the young people, adults and community figures around them.

The effect has been massively profound.

Today, upcoming generations and those above them who follow common narratives take these social cues into ‘real life’ without realising the parallel universe or pretend world that the internet or online world offers, is dictating or rather destroying rules and the remaining values for life.

This reconditioning is helping to dehumanise every aspect of life that we experience, as it progresses.

Like all technology, the value of the internet and all things online cannot be understated. Just as long as it is used and operated within a framework, with rules and restrictions that are always based upon and maintained for the common good.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and all online technology will prove to be bad for humanity if it is programmed, created and driven by motives and designs that are in the interests of the few, rather than being in the best interests of all mankind.

The internet is a tool. It must be respected as such.

The online or digital world must always reflect or mirror the rules and practices that we use in real life. Rather than having the ability to completely reset life and every agenda, as it and all the technology that feeds into it, does today.

11. In a People First system, the people will always be the first to speak

We have been told over and over again that we live and enjoy freedom that can only come from being in a democracy.

The political system and the system of governance or administration that we have today could certainly operate in a very democratic way. But only when the incumbents within that system or the politicians and officers respect democracy and democratic practices themselves.

Whatever system of government or administration we may have, there will always be a dependence upon those who have been entrusted with the responsibilities of public representation having the integrity to respect and work diligently with that trust.

Today, politicians simply do not do this. Not least of all because once elected, politicians of the existing political parties are inevitably expected by their party to vote and support policies as they have been told.

But also, because very few politicians today are able to discern the difference between what is right for them and what is right for us all.

Many of us regrettably still think that change can be achieved just by voting for a different party, or by changing the way that votes are counted. So that smaller parties will get elected as they pick up alternative and second preference votes.

What those who believe this fail to see is that the way that we elect politicians doesn’t matter one bit, if the politicians don’t care for or consider the people they have been elected to represent.

It would be foolish to believe that any of us can trust that every politician we elect can be relied upon 100% of the time to make decisions on our behalf that are always 100% right.

But there is a colossal difference between where we are today, and where we will be when we have created a very different democratic framework that requires all public representatives to establish and qualify themselves at community level. Then live the principle that true democracy will always operate from the Grassroots Up.

Yes, we must have politicians and public representatives to represent us and make decisions on our behalf.

But the perversity of a system where just a few thousand people from a group that has very specific interests and motivations can select the next Prime Minister of the UK, should never have existed.

The people who represent us all must be selected and appointed by us all, first.

It may neither be possible nor appropriate for us to appoint a Prime Minister in the same way that the United States does.

Through the process of change we will all be able to take an active part in selecting the people who will represent us and take the majority of the decisions that will affect us all locally.

The people who represent us at regional, national and potentially international level, should always be selected from those who have been successful and demonstrated their suitability as a public representative, to the people they represent, from this pool.

Hidden Truths and Looming Elephants

Things to consider:

Nobody who genuinely understands or has any idea what experiences we will now be required to go through will make light of anything that might or could happen to any one of us next.

They will certainly not suggest that theres is anything easy about what lies ahead.

To maximise and make the very best of the opportunity that lies in front of you and indeed all of us right now, there are a few things to bear in mind that might be of some help.

They are a reminder that as soon as you are aware and committed to doing what you can to help everyone else through this process – including those who currently reject this direction and may be the last to awaken – that WE must all have the integrity to be our best, whatever the situation. Especially when it appears that change has stopped or may even seem to be going the wrong way.

There will be many more, and the way they are written may not make immediate sense to everyone.

However, they are written and offered with yours and everyone’s best interests at heart.

They follow as the remaining pages of this book.

They are:

  1. You will be the next great leader, before anyone else
  2. Nobody is wrong. We are all the sum of our experiences at any moment in time
  3. Don’t attempt to lead others if the only ideas you can lead with are your own
  4. If you believe that to win you must discredit the speaker, you are neither confident nor competent with your own case or cause
  5. Don’t look forward using the building blocks of everything you know and understand now
  6. Use the people you can interact with, without barriers, as your reference points. Always trust what you can see and access in real life before you even put your faith in anything else.
  7. Know yourself. Accept and be honest about your own limitations
  8. The most effective revolution is the one you take part in without even realising you were part of it
  9. If you have to rely on fear to win, your victory will never be safe
  10. We get to change the rules when we win. Don’t step onto the field of play until you understand what they are today
  11. It’s a conversation. Not a sale
  12. Ask questions and learn to ask the same questions in many different ways
  13. The outcome will always be related to the effort made
  14. This change may well be a spiritual awakening. But the physical or 3D world has to play its part too
  15. It could take 20 years for change to happen overnight
  16. Run away from anyone who says they have all the answers
  17. If you are focusing on punishment and blame, you are missing the point
  18. “You don’t speak for us”, is a warning for all of us too
  19. Having a platform is no qualification for leadership and leading other people is nobody’s right
  20. Always do the right thing for everyone, not only for yourself or what you believe

1. You will be the next great leader, before anyone else

Everyone has to change their mind about what happens next.

Even if you believe you are already fully ‘in the room’, the chances are there are things that you will need to change your mind about, or at the very least open your mind up to.

Changing your mind, when you believe that what you already know is right is very hard and should not be underestimated on anyone’s part.

Seeing the different way and then having the courage to take the leap of faith necessary to embrace it is also what it takes each of us to lead – even if we are only leading ourselves.

Through the process of all of us embracing that step, we will all be contributing to the overall process of change and the step that we take is where the leadership really begins.

2. Nobody is wrong. We are all the sum of our experiences at any moment in time

Sadly, today’s cultural conditioning tells us that the accepted narrative is always right, and that when you know you are right, anyone who doesn’t agree with you or the narrative must therefore be wrong.

However, we must accept that all of us are the sum of our experiences.

Whatever we personally believe to be right – based upon what we have learned or experienced up to that specific moment in time – may well be right in our own minds.

Yet the experience of the same subject or circumstances for anyone or everyone else may be very different, just because of whatever they experienced that led them to that conclusion first.

We can all be right based on what we already know. But at the same time, we can also be wrong in respect of what is right for us all.

Never judge anyone – no matter how you might feel.

3. Don’t attempt to lead others if the only ideas you can lead with are your own

If you are convinced that you are right or that the solutions you have are the right ones, you may also believe that you are the only person who has the ability to see things the way that you do.

If you believe this to be the case or you believe that you are the first person to see things the way that you do, you may believe that you should be the one who takes the lead.

We are now heading into a future where everyone will work for everyone else, together.

So, even if the ideas that you have end up being some or even all of the ideas that everyone should agree with, everyone else must discuss and agree that they are the most appropriate ideas, first.

Leaders are not always the people who have the ideas.

Leaders are the people who know how to get things done by getting the right people with the right ideas together and then getting all the answers, solutions and outcomes that everyone needs.

4. If you believe that to win you must discredit the speaker, you are neither confident nor competent with your own case or cause

If you are confident in what you know, you will never have cause to resort to shutting any opponent or anyone down who has an alternative view.

It doesn’t matter if they shout loudly or appear to be stealing the show.

A sound and confident argument made politely and reinforced in the same way will always ultimately win, whilst anger and hatred exhibited or projected onto others never will.

Those who resort to ridicule, digging up stories and dirt that has no relevance to the discussion, or to discrediting your argument in any other way, simply cannot rely on their own position or the arguments about the subject that they are able to make.

Take comfort in that fact.

5. Don’t look forward using the building blocks of everything you know and understand now

The change that is required of us all is about the process of creating a new future.

If we use what we know now as the reference point to create our future, all we will continue to do is keep looking back.

We will still be living in the past.

The past is only a reference point that we must use to inform us of what we no longer want.

We must create and mold the future using only the things that work for us all.

6. Use the people you can interact with, without barriers, as your reference points. Always trust what you can see and access in real life before you even put your faith in anything else

Community and localism in its truest sense are the key to the future.

It is the people that we interact with in real life and that we have open access to communicate with who will always provide the answers, sounding boards and feedback that will help us achieve all that we need to succeed at to deliver what comes next.

Other sources will always sound deceptively real or credible because we are not exposed to them in a way that allows us to know the truth of who they really are.

Trust only that or those who are accessible to you, and are either already in, prepared to be, or are open to being involved in your life.

7. Know yourself. Accept and be honest about your own limitations

If we really want to help to shape and create a future that works well for everyone, it is essential that we know, understand and are comfortable with who we are first.

Self-awareness is never an easy path to follow because those who have been teaching us up to now know the power of understanding others can only be learned in this way.

Mindfulness is only a step in the direction of all there is to know about ourselves.

By teaching yourself not only to become aware of how you feel, but also why you do things, and what led you to behave in that way, you will soon start to understand where your real strengths and weaknesses lie.

When you know your own limitations and have the peace of mind to own them too, you will not get in the way of others who can deliver the things for everyone else that you cannot.

Neither will you stand back and allow others to fail, when you know that you have competence that might smooth the pathway of success.

8. The most effective revolution is the one you take part in without even realising you were part of it

Few have the ability to negotiate terms when they are surrounded by chaos.

Those throughout history who may have appeared to do so will have either had more than a generous helping of luck, or destiny played its part on their side.

No matter what you might believe or deem to be fair or just, given all that you have experienced up until now, civil disorder and unrest may feel right. But it is very unlikely to lead to a situation where everyone whose support you need will believe and trust that you have right on your side.

Whilst nothing less than a revolution is everything that we now need, there is no need for any of us to behave like revolutionaries to achieve the right outcome.

The majority will always accept the result of a revolution for the long term, when they don’t realise that they were taking part in a revolution, all along.

A word of caution: Peaceful protest is always best, because it doesn’t harm those who need help. Whereas a complete loss of control means that control is lost of everything for everyone for at least a short period of time.

If that happens, there is never any guarantee behind who will be next to take up power.

Whilst history books most often tell us otherwise, the result of the Russian Revolution of 1917 was never certain. It relied on what we might call a lot of luck for the Communists – which was from then onwards for Russia, many other surrounding Countries and millions of people – arguably what turned out to be a VERY unlucky thing.

9. If you have to rely on fear to win, your victory will never be safe

Fear has been used as a weapon by the ruling classes and an establishment that the arrival of a new System for the future will soon allow us to replace.

Think about how the misuse of fear in the form of media messages, propaganda and rules that have been imposed upon you have made you feel.

You will never succeed in delivering any kind of meaningful change if the only way it can be achieved is by taking actions and using messages that achieve the very same.

The future must only be built upon trust, no matter how easy the misuse of information, messages, rules or actions might feel.

If the new System and future is achieved with anything less than people feeling they had freedom to choose and that they gave their voluntary consent, the certainly of a happy, healthy, safe and secure future within a fair, balanced and just system that works for everyone will be lost.

10. We get to change the rules when we win. Don’t step onto the field of play until you understand what they are today

Chaos and civil disorder could well lead to an outcome that is far worse than what we are experiencing already.

It could easily deliver a way of living that it is safe to say none of us could ever want.

The safest and most effective way to bring about and embrace effective change will be to play with and respect the rules of the game we are already playing, and that we will be playing, at that precise moment in time.

Whilst a collapse of civilised society or order would necessitate playing that game in a very different way, we must respect the way that democratic change can be delivered today.

We must be fully committed to working with The System that we have until the very moment that it has become clear that the aim of change cannot be delivered by continuing to do so.

It may feel like it, but we are a long way from reaching that point, yet.

People will not vote for anyone, just because they decide to craft a message and turn up.

People want representation from bottom to top that they can trust.

People will only trust all of us together as a viable political alternative when they know that they are important, and they feel that they are valued and involved.

Engage the people. Take over the Councils democratically. Then take over Parliament democratically.

Then and only then seek to change the rules to prioritise locality and community – Once you have legitimately taken power away from those who still believe it is their destiny to possess and to always be at the top – and will always do what they can to preserve it.

11. It’s a conversation. Not a sale

People don’t buy anything if they believe that they cannot afford the cost.

A key part of spreading the word and changing minds before necessity starts to do the work for us is to remember and always bear in mind that the world that we are leaving is one where everything is about money and values are based on what money is involved.

Those who are still ‘invested’ or ‘bought in’ to the dying system, will quite literally see the change in the way of living that we must all embrace as one that will lead to loss. It will therefore be perceived as a change that they simply cannot afford.

People who have a different view that is embedded and aligned with who they are, will always respect a reasoned conversation rather than a sales pitch – especially if the first words you utter, would otherwise become the excuse to make you wrong and shut you down.

Talk to people as fellow humans and as the adults that they are, sharing the same, but different experience.

Use common ground to demonstrate credibility and the experience that gives value to who you are.

A win might not always be evident at the time. But if you have listened as well as spoken, and avoided doing anything that makes that other person wrong, your reason and truth will travel and have good effect.

12.Ask questions and learn to ask the same questions in many different ways

Those who are resistant to change or have closed off minds find it easy to say no.

Ridiculing them or getting angry with them will not change their minds.

In fact, it is likely to only entrench their resistance and make the situation a whole lot worse.

The process of change that is necessary is reliant upon how everyone thinks.

People will only think differently if they are confronted with information that invites them to do so.

Asking questions rather than making statements will always be the safest place to begin.

13.The outcome will always be related to the effort made

It would be wonderful if the whole process of change were to become unnecessary, because in one simple moment, everyone was able, ready and willing to change how they think.

The reality we face is that the change that is required of us all isn’t an easy one, and the greatest effort will be required of all those who have awakened to the true reality of all that we face first.

The result that we expect and are seeking is far from guaranteed, and if we don’t make the effort to embrace the requirements of the role that each and every one of us can play, there is no certainty or guarantee that we will ultimately succeed.

14.This change may well be a spiritual awakening. But the physical or 3D world has to play its part too

Many helpful spiritual speakers have been framing the changes that are underway as a ‘great awakening’.

This may indeed be so. But not everyone will experience this time of transformation in a spiritual, religious, enlightening or mindful way.

Of those who do so, many will awaken spiritually because of the experiences that they have.

The change we experience will ultimately be all about the way that the majority think.

Most of the people in the World look outside of themselves for all reference points. So, the world outside of them will have to change before they are ready to embrace the change that will be necessary for everyone inside.

15.It could take 20 years for change to happen overnight

Please be patient.

It doesn’t matter whether you saw this all coming, whether you’ve just woken up, or whether you will be joining the change at some later stage.

The process of change or transformation will not happen overnight.

The system and the circumstances that we are now in are so complicated, change will happen in what we may experience as significant events, but what will in practice is likely only to be happening bit by bit.

16.Run away from anyone who says they have all the answers

The answers, solutions, direction and the frameworks to get us through change to the future are for everyone to agree upon and to decide.

If you should experience any person, group or political party telling you that they have the answers, the knowledge, the experience or anything else necessary – without accepting the need for input, discussion and reference from anyone else, simply walk away.

They are doing the same things that got us to where we are now and all you will get by trusting them is a lot more of the same.

17.If you are focusing on punishment and blame, you are missing the point

There are many people talking about tribunals for ‘Covid Crimes’ and punishments being dished out for taking self-serving decisions that are hurting everyone else such as business leaders, politicians, bankers, members of the WEF and members of the so-called elites.

Yes, these people may have done plenty of things that we can now see and understand as being very wrong.

But by focusing on what has already happened, rather than what happens next, you will be focusing on things that you cannot change.

Meanwhile, you will be wasting the opportunity to change the things that you can.

One of the secrets to getting everything right is not to let anger, emotion and frustration spoil a productive day.

Removing the people who are responsible for all of our problems from positions of power and influence and ensuring that our future can no longer be written by anyone who behaves in any way like them, should be the immediate priority for us all.

Ensuring that these people never again have the opportunity to enrich or benefit themselves at the expense of others will certainly be punishment enough.

18. “You don’t speak for us”, is a warning for all of us too

It is very easy to get caught up in the praise and acknowledgement we have or that we receive from those who agree with or who appreciate our message.

However, there are a lot of people in the world, and a lot of minds to be changed, no matter how many of them may or may not be needed for ideas of change to reach any kind of critical mass.

The phenomenon of those in the public eye who insist that they speak for everyone, when it is clear that they don’t, is very real.

Don’t fall into the trap of believing that positive praise from very few is representative of how the majority already does or will ultimately feel.

Work hard and do the right thing at every opportunity, until the job is over and the results can be seen.

19. Having a platform is no qualification for leadership. Leading other people is nobody’s right

As we awaken or peel more and more layers away from the deception we have experienced, it is natural to reach out or go in search of any credible and alternative voice.

The problem is that in a world that today values information and sources that are not local to us, rather than the ones which are and that we should trust, it has become easy to believe that voices with messages we relate to can be trusted in proportion to how many people follow them, share their posts or how many like they have.

Partial truths that overlook or hide the uncomfortable ones are always going to be popular, will be valued and will be liked.

But partial truths are not the full story, and if you want change to be real and to succeed, it naturally follows that there is a need to become aware of, to accept, understand and become comfortable with the truths that you are currently not.

Beware of false prophets. Meaningful change will not come as part of an easy ride.

20.Always do the right thing for everyone, not only for yourself or what you believe

One of the most destructive ways that power and influence corrupts those who find themselves elevated into positions of responsibility for others, is that they very quickly forget that there is a very big difference between what is right for them and what is right for everyone else.

The two are treated as being synonymous from the level of parish, district and county councillors up to the office of Prime Minister itself. And the effect of anyone who makes decisions on our behalf losing sight of the difference, can easily have catastrophic consequences for us all.

More information, suggestions and advice

The only fixed suggestion made within A Community Route is that of the First Framework for Freedom.

Over the two years preceding the publication of this second edition of A Community Route, I have published a series of books that may also offer you guidance or help. These are listed in the ‘Books by this Author section’ that follows at the end of the book.

The books available work through the process of how we got to where we are, what we are now facing and provide ideas and suggestions for how we begin working together for the future.

There is lots of material that I have written over the past decade, including the period surrounding Brexit and the Covid Pandemic itself, available and published in the forms of my Blog which you will find at the following link: www.adamtugwell.blog

Thank you for reading. I am always very happy to discuss and learn with others and will be very happy to hear from you with questions, comments or any other kind of feedback. I will always do my best to respond to genuine contact – as quickly as I can.

If you would like to get in touch, please do so by email at acommunityroute@gmail.com

You will find me on Twitter, Instagram and Facebook – all @adamtugwell

Back Page

You think for yourself, you have bags of common sense and as far as solving the problems that the UK and possibly the World faces, you also have a view.

One that might include or be focused upon problems caused by:

  • AI
  • Brexit
  • The Cost-of-Living Crisis
  • Democracy (or a lack of it)
  • Digital Tyranny & Control
  • The Elites (WEF, WHO etc.)
  • The Financial System (Who controls money and how)
  • Food Security (Grow your own, localised production)
  • Freedom of Speech
  • Globalisation (Or Deglobalisation)
  • Healthy Living (Basic Foods)
  • The loss of Values
  • Media Manipulation
  • Money (or a lack of it)
  • Net Zero (Green & Climate Policy, LTNs, ULEZs and 15 Minute Cities)
  • Political Parties
  • Technology
  • US Hegemony
  • The War in Ukraine
  • Wokeism, Political Correctness and Minority Rights

Alternatively, your view could be based on something entirely different. But one way or another, it is certain to come from a VERY long list.

We are experiencing a time when the World is increasingly in turmoil. Suggestions of completely impractical public policies such as Net Zero, using insects for food and closing down farms gives us just a small hint of what today’s World elites plan for us and aim to coerce us to do.

The reality we face is that the strength and ability required to change the direction that we emerge from after the collapse of The System that we are experiencing today needs everyone across our communities to unite and work together.

The problem we face is that despite many different voices and groups now championing change and transformation to embrace a balanced, fair and just future, the unity goes only so far as words and lip service at best.

Those who should be working together have never been further apart.

A Community Route proposes the basis of a new system and ways of thinking to unite and bring people, communities and groups together, so that we can succeed in setting our own agenda and begin creating the governance and systems that will ensure we all have a happy, healthy, safe and secure life, within a new values-based System that lies ahead.

Adam’s Amazon Page is HERE

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow | New Book

How do you look at the world?

How is your view of the world different to other people?

What will tomorrow look like based on the view of the world you have today?

Would you change the way you view the world if you understood the difference between your view, other people’s views and what they could really mean?

These are all very important questions that most of us are typically too busy or distracted to even consider, let alone ask.

However, the consequences of us not doing so could be very profound, as the future will just happen to us unless we do so

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow invites you to consider a range of the different prevailing ways that people look at today’s world. How they came into being, and what – without change – they are likely to bring into our lives for our tomorrows.

Will you recognise yourself and what your beliefs today could bring to your future experiences?

Will you be happy with everything you believe?

Will you see your own perspective as very different?

Or will you choose to step forward into the future armed with the tools and power for change?

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow | Full Text

The Timelines we are on today, the Diversity of their Outcomes and the impact of Thinking Differently for Our Future

The Disclaimer, Caveats or ‘Terms’ of what the following shares

Whilst the standard information, terms and disclaimer can be found alongside the Copyright Information for the content of this Book, the subject matter and content that follows will have different meanings to different people at different times.

Although I am both the author and publisher of this work, the content is only a representation of the observations I have made, the experiences that I have had and in some respects the conclusions that those observations and experiences have led me to.

These observations and experiences relate to what different people think about the world we live in today. Why they think what they do. How those perceptions weigh upon and impact not only the experiences that we are all having today. But also, what they are likely to mean for all of our tomorrows.

As such, this Book might be best considered to be a bit like a long conversation in a pub or coffee house where I am going to run through different options with a friend, that equate to what the past, the present and the future may or may not have looked like, depending upon any one of a number of different world views.

Truth, Fiction or?

Just as if you were the friend I was sat with in that coffee house, I have no concern about whether you treat all or any of what follows as either truth or fiction.

Because that is not the point.

The content is presented as it has been purely with the intention of demonstrating that different interpretations of our shared past, present and future exist. And that how we perceive or interpret them will have an inescapable impact on our future, whether we act upon them or not.

The future is yours, mine and ours to define.

We are or will become the architects of our peace or torment. Depending on the development of our view of the world and the choices that we will only then be enabled to make.

As such, what immediately follows here are the parameters of the truths of different people and different groups that will be shared throughout this Book, which I would ask that every reader keep in mind both before and as they read through.

In no particular order:

  1. There is no fixed or intended order to anything that follows.
  2. Where any form of order exists, it has been added to provide structure for the purposes of sharing the content that follows.
  3. Any, all or none of the following could be true.
  4. Any, all or none of the following could have been true in the past but not now.
  5. Any, all or none of the following may not have been true in the past and could be true now but will not be true in the future.
  6. Any, all or none of the following may never have ever been true before and may not even be true now but could be in the future.
  7. Neither you nor I are required to believe any or all the following for the content to be true or accurate.
  8. Equally, because you or I believe or agree with any of the following does not necessarily make any of it either true or accurate.
  9. It isn’t only likely, but almost certain that there are many points that would relate to any of the following that has not been covered here.
  10. Equally, any or all the following may be extended in the future, to provide further detail, explanation or sub-points depending upon the complexity of the issues that could be pursued.
  11. You may not recognise or identify with any of the points or content of this Book.
  12. If you don’t identify or recognise any of the points or content of this Book, it does not mean that others, and perhaps everyone else will not.
  13. Your view may be entirely exclusive.
  14. My view may be entirely exclusive.
  15. Yours or My view is not necessarily the same as ‘the majority’.
  16. Yours of My view is not necessarily correct. But neither are Yours or My view necessarily wrong either.
  17. The information, suggestions, thoughts, views, opinions, guidance or however the content within this Book may been defined is not exhaustive.
  18. It is not my responsibility as the author and publisher of the original work to update the reader as and when any updates are made.
  19. I will add to this Book as and when I believe it appropriate. The Blog and Kindle Book versions will update automatically. PDF downloads will need to be renewed by visiting the source where you originally downloaded this Book and then downloading the latest version again.
  20. Any point illustrated within this Book that is designed to benefit or advantage an individual or group over others will always have negative consequences which could be as significant in isolation through its consequences, as it could be with any or all of the others combined.
  21. Any benefit experienced from using and/or plagiarising any of the points or information contained within this Book in isolation will be surface or perception deep.
  22. The positive outcome from an entire timeline or scenario will only come from adopting that mindset in its entirety.
  23. All choices made must be the right ones, made for the right reasons, if the right outcome is the intention.
  24. Choice will never automatically define the outcome.

I will always be happy to discuss my work with legitimate enquirers. Please do get in touch if you have any questions or would like to arrange a chat.

Preface

Understanding life today so that we get to choose living tomorrow

You may or may not believe that everything around us in the world is working as it should.

If you are happy with the way that the world works today; if you are content with the place that you have within it, and you are confident that nothing exists that can or will change any of that, please pause and take a breath for a moment. Because the mere fact that you are reading this Book means that not one word of that is true for you.

Now that we have sorted that out, the next bit is to try and get to grips with what is really going on. So that we may have a chance of doing something that will fix it.

However, there is a pressing question that isn’t just a question.

It’s a statement on what is stopping us now and could stop us forever, from achieving the kind of change that we probably all know deep down that we really want.

Your Truth, My Truth, OUR TRUTH: How will The Future be defined?

If you don’t know what the future will look like, you are probably worried about it just the same as those of us who think or believe that they already do.

After all, there is very little that feels ‘normal’ about everything that’s happening in the world today. And whilst many voices will suggest otherwise, there really isn’t anyone alive who has experienced anything like we are going through today, before.

Whilst predictions may well be the preserve of palm readers, mystics, tarot readers, astrologers, mediums and clairvoyants, our politicians and elites seem to have ventured into the arena of telling us what the future will look like for us all too.

The only difference between the political establishment and anything ‘woo-woo’ being that because we still indulge some misplaced cultural deference to people with positions and titles, we have fallen into the trap of believing and trusting whatever they have to say, whereas for anyone else, we often have a healthier approach to thinking critically and employing our natural right to think freely or quite literally to pick and choose.

We could speculate on what lies ahead for us as individuals, families, communities, groups, nations and as the human population of the world.

But the one truth that we can all probably agree on right now, is that none of us know the exact detail of what is coming or what lies ahead.

As such, we all have the ability to influence how we react and what life looks like as a result, IF we want to use and apply the influence that we have got.

Free will exists wherever there is genuine choice

Free will has no meaning if we don’t know that we have a choice. And when we don’t have a choice in anything or at any level, we no longer have Freedom.

However, to have a choice, we must first be aware of what we are choosing between.

Otherwise, no genuine choice exists.

If you have found this Book, on my blog, as a download or as a book for Kindle, I believe it safe to assume that you are already taking steps on a journey where you have accepted that the world isn’t functioning as it should. And that you are, as such searching or looking for what your choices are and how you can then make them.

I hope that the following pages will help you to take further steps along that road, and perhaps help you to find and ask the questions that you will soon realise that need to be answered.

If you have not done so already, you will perhaps then be able to open at least some of the doors that can be unlocked, just as soon as you are ready to open them and take a step within.

In the world we are all experiencing today, that place of choice is where Freedom in the truest sense genuinely exists.

Introduction

What’s up?

Whilst tempting, I’m going to resist beginning with a quote of some kind that reflects the need to understand a problem and your role in it, before you can do anything to fix it.

Not because it’s not a relevant point.

But because so many of us don’t or won’t accept there is a problem that needs to be solved.

Even though I can be fairly certain that whoever you are and whatever your lived experience, you are just as unlikely to suggest that absolutely everything is alright, or that there isn’t something you could personally identify that needs to be fixed.

So why isn’t the ‘fixing’ happening? Don’t we live in an age and within a society that should be able to fix anything? Isn’t that we are led to believe?

The problem with understanding the problem, is that we don’t actually agree on what the problem really is.

And that is why I am here today, trying to share and open up a picture of why we ‘aren’t getting it’, in a way that even those of us are surest that there are only problems in the eyes of others will understand

Society’s problems as each of us see them, are just the wrapping paper hiding all the other problems that wait inside

Over a period of three years, I have written and published a series of eBooks and related web material covering the period of British and world history that forms our shared experience today.

These works focus on why we are where we are. How we got here. What is likely to happen. And the choices and actions we have open to us, IF we want to influence what most of us will now accept is a continuing journey through a period of inevitable change.

It should be easy to agree upon change that will be good for everyone.

But it’s not, because at one level or another, the majority of us are still invested in the way the world works for us in some way. Even though we are just as likely to be blind to the wide range of disadvantages and harm that our buy in and commitment to it has done.

As someone invested not only in the idea, but the delivery of a world and therefore life experiences that are genuinely better for all, the situational bias that even the most learned amongst us have fallen victim to is a matter to behold.

It seems that with even the most creative and ingenious solutions architects being self-restricted by a notion, rather like battery or hydrogen powered motor cars and what may come thereafter, that only the tried, tested or proven model is reliable and that the past we know is the equivalent petrol- or diesel-powered combustion engine for the pathway to the future that we have now.

Whatever view of the world and the way that the world works we have, it is rare for any of us to stand back and think about alternatives to the perspectives we have.

Because to us, this is how life works, and that in itself makes it almost certain that we are emotionally tied in.

Pain may be the only catalyst of change

Pain or rather being on the receiving end of pain is where the first opportunity to view the world from different perspectives lies.

However, with the way that the world works today, it is also regrettably likely that the replacement emotion to any pain and accompanying loss will be anger. And anger does of course entertain options and solutions that time and reason may not otherwise encourage us to entertain.

It sounds hopeless. And as we will soon consider, in many ways, we could argue that the future for the masses really may be hopeless.

The problem is that whatever the bigger picture really is, what is really happening and what – if anything is really true, is a view that the majority of us, or the masses do not share.

And one of the key reasons that not everyone can see it, is because we are all seeing different things which keeps us focused on the differences between us, rather than what we have in common.

And what we have in common is where all the GOOD solutions and outcomes for our shared future lie.

We cannot see what we cannot see until the time we are ready to see it

There will be a number of moments in the following pages where it seems that I am repeating things that I have already covered.

The reason for this isn’t because I am trying to be annoying.

It is simply the case that without becoming familiar and perhaps very familiar with certain aspects of the wider range of issues that we are now about to focus in on, their relevance could easily pass us by.

Perhaps the most challenging of the challenges of understanding broader truths is the challenge for us all to understand that we really don’t know what we don’t already know.

Not because there is the suggestion that we don’t know something. But because without accepting that there could be more that we don’t already know, we will remain closed and therefore not open to the understanding and knowledge that we all need to help ourselves as well as everyone else.

For the purposes of sharing this Book, I am going to assume that you already ‘get this’ and understand the problem that I face as the author.

That problem is the need to get people to think objectively rather than subjectively. When many people who are thinking subjectively believe that their subjectivity is objectivity and that as such, being subjective and objective are one and the same.

How do we get people to look at the whole forest when they are only interested in cutting a tree down?

Just these few words arranged as a subtitle will hopefully have stopped you for a moment to consider the saying ‘see the wood for the trees’.

Which does of course mean that there is a bigger picture to consider.

Or rather that we are being very focused on the subject and are therefore not being objective or viewing the topic objectively.

If you ‘get’ what it means to stop, draw breath, perhaps even count to 10 and then consider everything; the purpose and direction of this Book is likely to make sense.

I say this with some caution. At the same time wishing to make clear that the brief journey we are about to embark upon is not meant to offend by suggesting that you or indeed anyone has a limited view of the world.

We are the sum of our experiences. And that means whatever we have experienced to this moment is our truth.

It’s merely the case that none of us has experienced everything or indeed has the same experience as anyone else.

That means there may be more, or perhaps a lot more truth or truths that might make a sizable difference, not only to our future, but also how we relate to and perceive our past – IF we are aware of those different truths.

Our Personal World View

How do we have the view of the world that we have?

How do we reach the conclusions and understanding that we possess?

What makes us certain that we are ‘right’ and at the same time gives us the surety that others are ‘wrong’?

There is little or no benefit to me trying to suggest that I know or understand what your own personal view of the world might be.

As discussed previously, we are the sum of our experiences. And there are not two people alive on the planet today – even identical twins – who have had exactly the same experiences throughout their lives.

Because the perspectives of any two people are always different and never the same.

However, we do share experiences in common with everyone. With perhaps groups of people with whom we share a common interest. With the people who live in the same place. With perhaps the people we share a journey with. With the people we live with. With the people we share a family with.

And I’m sure by now, you are beginning to understand what I mean.

Our default setting is to be right and never wrong

No matter what our world view is or who we share it with, whether alone or as part of a group, whatever we agree upon, we will usually see as being ‘right’.

However, and this is perhaps one of the most important factors that too many of us are too willing to forget – those who have a different view or are from a different group that we don’t agree with, will not only believe that they are right, their level of conviction or confidence that they are right will be the same, just as their level of conviction or confidence will be that you are wrong.

In a world where no matter the timeline or scenario we are on, it seems that there is a remarkably small number of people who remain open to learning and the idea that they may not have yet accessed the full picture of something – rather than it being a simple suggestion that they could be wrong.

It leaves an alarming number of us convinced that the way we see the world and how it works is the only way for any one with value to see it, and that everyone else must be insane, or wrong.

Defining our Personal Experiences with words that somehow make sense

Choice and decision making will make more sense as a theme as we progress through what follows.

However, it is necessary to stop here for a moment and think about the view we have just talked about and package it in a way that is respectful of the reality that our personal view of the world is always true for us, no matter what it contains or relates to. But at the same time can be and almost certainly is in at least some ways different to the world view of other People, if not everyone else.

Whilst it may not be a term you are familiar with, or may not be happy with, I have opted not to attempt using terms like journeys or pathways to make what follows relatable, because they would imply that there is already a fixed destination or outcome in mind, which there certainly is not, in relation to where the purpose of this Book is concerned.

What is common for us all, no matter what any of us are experiencing or belief, is the relationship that our past, present and future has with time.

As such, I have chosen to use timelines as the term most likely to make the relationship between past, present and future easiest to consider in terms of where we are, how we got here and where we go now.

In the next section, I will attempt to flesh out the way I am using ‘Timelines’ in the context of what follows but am aware that some reading will view or consider them differently.

Should you do so, please simply use the description and information about Timelines that I will now add, to translate how I am using them into a way that makes sense for you.

Timelines

We increasingly hear the term ‘Timelines’, alongside ‘Parallel Universes’, ‘Alternative Realties’ and ‘The Multiverse’.

Thrown into the common lexicon through mediums such as the Marvel Films that have been popular over the past 10-15 years, these terms have been commonly used within the ‘spiritual’ and ‘woo woo’ communities for some time.

Indeed, timelines are now taking on an entirely new meaning with their use in the descriptions of coming generations of AI and Quantum Computing – where at the time of writing, Google have openly suggested that the ‘Willow chip they have in development is already drawing information from alternative Timelines or Universes.

It all sounds very exciting, and it is meant to be.

Because it’s the hype that in itself builds the expectation of what new technology is and is able to do, rather than what it actually does.

What is true, what will be true, and what has never and will never be true about AI and quantum computing is a topic for debate somewhere very different to here.

However, the manipulation and programming that is being used to create fear and develop acceptance of scenarios for the future is something that we need to be very mindful of.

Not just because of the technological revolution that we are being told we are knocking on the door of.

But because the same approaches to narratives, marketing and therefore what we consider to be normal, are being used across all areas of life and business and are affecting everything to do with life in very different ways.

The meaning of the ‘Timelines’ in use here

The timelines and parallel universes that the tech giants are going to use to convince us that they have knowledge that they don’t, aren’t the same as the ones that the comic book characters have been jumping between.

Which are in themselves also different to the ones that the spiritual and woo woo People increasingly talk about. Especially at the moment when they refer to a ‘Timeline shift’.

What many people and even the architects of the narratives that have just been described don’t appreciate is that each and every one of us are on our own timelines.

Timelines aren’t something that some expert, academic, tech mogul, shaman, guru or even world leader has control over.

Timelines begin and might even end each time that we make a real and meaningful choice.

We always have two choices, and the outcomes will always be more powerful or consequential than we can imagine at the time

The choices may not feel all that meaningful, because we are making choices all the time.

Even the most educated and experienced of us can make choices that switch us personally and perhaps all of us on to or away from certain timelines without realising or being conscious of what we are doing.

No matter who the person making a choice may be and what influence they have, the fact is that they will rarely be considering the full implications and consequences for others, at the moment that they are making any such choice.

To be clear, what we are considering here isn’t generally a matter of anything as simple as making a menu choice. But it could certainly be as simple as the route we drive to a meeting, or the choice we make when we are asked by someone else to change our plans.

The timelines we are already on, generally reflect our wider approach to life or the way that we behave culturally, so that what we do, say, think, believe and how we act might be considered normal and how we behave in order to fit in.

But timelines also offer us the basis of the guidance tools or inner compasses that we use to tell us when something someone else does, says or believes is ‘wrong’.

Whilst it may not be the easiest thing to accept, a simple choice that we may make at any moment in time, could prove to be a fork in our life pathway or road that results in what follows taking a very different route.

We might shortly afterwards make a similar choice that does just the same, which could again transform the direction of our life, or perhaps take us back to a pathway that resembles another we may have been headed upon previously which will look very similar but not actually be anything like the same.

Why are Timelines important?

Understanding Timelines and what they mean is important, because we really do need to understand, accept and then begin to behave very responsibly when it comes to the question of choice, and the choices that we make.

Each of us has great power. Not only over ourselves. But over the future experiences of others.

When we appreciate the impact that our own choices have over the lives and experiences of others, just within our normal life experiences, we can then perhaps begin to imagine what the implications are for our politicians, business figures and all kinds of leaders when they do the right things and are mindful of the impact of their words and actions upon others, and more importantly, what happens when they do not.

However, the most important fact that surround choice and the timelines that follow, is recognising that good outcomes often follow as a result of making the right choices, not in that exact moment – or when we believe we will know we are making a relevant choice.

But perhaps days, months or years before, when the only choice we were making in that very moment was quite literally to ‘do the right thing’.

The Different ‘Shared’ Timelines or Scenarios that we typically have in common

As previously discussed, the outlook, view or perspective that each and every one of us has of the world around us is unique.

No matter what anyone or anything suggests or says, it is the unique perspective of the world around us that everyone has that makes us individuals.

NOT any difference that can be discerned, applied, observed or accepted between any one of us, no matter who we are or might be.

From the personal or individual perspective, everyone’s Timeline is unique.

However, the social, demographic and cultural groups that we belong to or might join could well have their own shared timeline, which will be specific to that group.

Then at the next level the population of the Country might be the next grouping and therefore provide a timeline that the individual, group and population all share in common.

If followed to conclusion, this way of using timelines inevitably means that there could be an infinite number of timelines and at least as many as the number of people or living beings that exists.

Understanding why the world is as it is today and what it could be like tomorrow requires that we consider how other people experience and perceive their truth.

We cannot consider them all and we do not need to. Because there are a number of shared timelines or scenarios that are particularly relevant to us all at the moment. Even if we aren’t aware of them or see the experiences within them as being ‘wrong’ or incorrect.

Over the next 8 Chapters, we will look more closely at these shared scenarios or timelines to see how they are defined, what experiences are shared or are common across timelines, and where the future – if unchanged – could lead, for each.

The only question I will ask before we begin is this:

‘Which of the following Experiences of Life today, most closely matches your own Truth?’

Experience 1 – ‘Everything is Normal’

This is the scenario or timeline that will be familiar to many.

Everything is as it should be. Everything is normal. Everything is as you would expect it to be at this moment in history.

A. The Past

  1. Everything has happened in the way that it was supposed to.
  2. People just make decisions based on what happens.
  3. Progress of all kinds is what happens over time.
  4. Life is a series of lessons leading to new lessons.
  5. Progress is continual improvement.
  6. Our membership of the EU was always about trade and nothing else.
  7. The UK is a world leader in Freedom and Democracy and Westminster is known as ‘The Mother of all Parliaments’ for good reason.

B. The Present

People (1)

  1. Some people have more wealth and better positions in life because they have earned them and deserve them.
  2. The UK is a very fair, inclusive and caring place to live where all ideas, beliefs, religions and practices are protected and supported.
  3. The world outside of the UK is very unhappy and people are desperate to leave war zones and the rule of tyrants and join us in the UK because they will be safe here in ways that they otherwise will not be.
  4. If we conform to all society requires of us, pass our exams at school, gain at least an undergraduate degree and then dedicate ourselves to a career path, we will thrive
  5. There is nothing that will hold any one back in life, as long as they work hard and conform to what is expected of them.

Essential Foods, Goods & Resources (2)

  1. Food is Food and if we are not hungry, we have nothing to fear
  2. Food is always available
  3. Food is always affordable
  4. Food Banks are not necessary for normal people
  5. There is more than enough of everything that we need
  6. We can continue to enjoy the lifestyles we have by switching to green technologies and achieving Net Zero

Information, Communication and Education (3)

  1. The media reports news and facts honestly and openly without bias
  2. Everything happening in the world is as the government and media tells us.
  3. All the information we require is available to us through smartphones and the internet

Governance (4)

  1. We need to have people ruling over everything, because oversight is better informed than getting lost in detail.
  2. It is natural to have ‘elites’.
  3. Elites are the leaders of society and have gained their responsibilities, positions and influence through achievement or merit.
  4. Government and the public sector always work in the best interests of the people
  5. The taxes, national insurance and council tax that we pay goes directly to covering the costs of the public services and the infrastructure that is required to provide for our needs beyond our income.
  6. We have government systems, NGOs and other organisations dedicated to furthering the fight for diversity and equality.
  7. Our democracy leads the world because we are able to choose the very best people to represent us in every election, no matter the tier or type of government involved
  8. The politicians that we have know what to do in any situation
  9. Hierarchies are the natural order of things, and it stands to reason that more educated and experienced people will lead us in business and politics

Laws, Rules & Regulation (5)

  1. The Court system treats everyone fairly
  2. Miscarriages of justice are extremely rare
  3. The Police are responsive, effective and do the best job that they can
  4. The growing number of rules and regulations exist because of the way that people behave

Business & Employment (6)

  1. The national minimum wage accurately reflects the cost of living
  2. If we are working and don’t earn enough to pay all our bills and buy what we want, we must either get a better paid job or change our lifestyle requirements.
  3. Business operates and functions to provide all the things that we need
  4. It good for businesses to cut costs by centralising or moving their operations because this makes everything cheaper for us
  5. People abuse the Benefits / Welfare system and are claiming by choice, rather than because they have any genuine need

Technology & ‘Things’ (7)

  1. Technological progress means that certain jobs become unnecessary
  2. It is better for machines to replace jobs so that people no longer have to do them
  3. AI is already more intelligent that People
  4. The loss of jobs to AI is inevitable
  5. There is nothing sinister about the increasing use of digital technology
  6. Digital technology exists only to help and is intended to benefit everyone

Money, Banking & Finance (8)

  1. Money is real.
  2. Banks lend us and the government money that other people and businesses have deposited with them.
  3. The share markets represent the real trade value of companies based upon their productivity and performance.
  4. Creditworthiness is important, because the people and banks that lend us money will lose that money if we cannot pay it back.
  5. Cash is no longer necessary because digital payments are now so easy to use.

C. The Future

  1. If we don’t conform, we will suffer and go without.
  2. Only we are responsible when or if life doesn’t work out.
  3. Those with power and responsibility will do everything necessary to ensure that we have a good future where life experience will only improve.

Experience 2 – ‘A New World Order is Coming’

The second scenario or timeline is the New World Order, conspiracy theory, elites takeover, illuminati, secret society view, where organisations such as the World Economic Forum (WEF), the World Health Organisation (WHO) and the United Nations (UN) are in the final stages of creating a ‘World Government’. National Boundaries and Governments cease to exist, and we are heading into a dystopian nightmare where the majority of us have no value and everything in the world revolves around ‘The Few’.

A. The Past

Governance (1)

  1. Elites are at the top of everything.
  2. Control of all political apparatus was always necessary
  3. Control of political apparatus can only be achieved through centralisation of political decision making
  4. Centralisation of political decision making is hidden by creating regions and regional bodies that sit outside of existing political infrastructure but fit the narrative that decision making is being made better locally – with the inference that what existed already no longer works.

The Strategy or Plan (2)

  1. Because policies have not been kept secret, it is assumed that the public acquiesce or simply ‘go along’
  2. Everything that is happening with government and the establishment was planned over a century ago
  3. A one world government run on what we would most closely recognise as communism in the most restrictive and dystopian forms was recognised as the only societal model where universal control could assure the power of the elites.
  4. Capitalism, consumerism and globalisation were always known to head in the same direction
  5. The long-term plan of the elites is the creation and implementation of a New World Order
  6. The Two World Wars were carefully planned and orchestrated to create the circumstances that were required for Globalisation, Consumerism, The European Union, The United Nations, The World Health Organisation and all of the bodies that are feeding into the creation of ‘One World Government’.
  7. One World Government relies upon the destruction of national, cultural and historic identities of any kind.

Trial and Error (3)

  1. Communism was attempted quickly as the most direct route to world control
  2. Communism, Marxism and Socialism were embedded within the establishment through tools such as the Fabian movements
  3. With the failure of Russian and Eastern European Communism, it was recognised that a longer game using smaller step changes would be necessary, so that the population would not be aware of what was happening – much like the ‘frog being boiled’ scenario.
  4. Brexit was never supposed to happen, and the elites have been working non-stop to create re-entry for the UK into the EU.
  5. The Covid Pandemic was planned and deliberately orchestrated to create the circumstances that allow for increasing the power and control of government and bureaucrats, technocrats and autocrats.

Economics (4)

  1. It was necessary for the elites to create and implement commercialism and everything that went with it, in order that they could create the wealth and polarity which would enable them to define themselves as a superior class.
  2. Money and Trade were recognised as being the most credible tools to facilitate the destruction of national, cultural and historic identity, as it would appear ‘normal’ for rule and regulatory changes to accompany them which would hide the deeper and more meaningful political direction that lay behind.

Freedom of Thought & Expression (5)

  1. It was recognised that if people were taught to rely upon external validation for everything and then the value of everything outside of them were to be removed, few would be able to rely or fall back on inner guidance of any kind and then would simply accept whatever those outside of them in authority or with positions of influence told them to do.
  2. Any kind of religion or spiritual movement that has promoted individualism or self-determination, or executive choice for the Person has either been destroyed or doctored so that any value beyond doing what we are told by those in authority has been removed.
  3. The elites recognised the need to destroy the independent thinking and ability to think independently for all Persons outside of the elite class.
  4. Any practice, philosophy or movement that promotes critical thinking, self-awareness or self-reliance of the Person at any level has been deliberately attacked, changed, destroyed or removed.

B. The Present

People (1)

  1. Freedom for everyone else is whatever the elites call it.
  2. Anything that suggests, indicates or promotes the concept of independence for people from the establishment is being systematically destroyed, removed or controlled so that freedom of choice at any level will no longer exist.
  3. Being nice to others is the cover narrative used to undermine the structure of society using the application of guilt against people alive today for things ancestors and others, but not they have done or would not do to others. This manifests as diversity, wokeness and positive discrimination.
  4. Fear is used to control People
  5. Common sense is increasingly frowned upon
  6. There is now a rule book for everything
  7. The cult of celebrity is deliberately engineered and promoted to provide the false gods that the masses will worship and follow, meaning that they will not question actions against them that would otherwise defy logic.
  8. Western religions are a danger to the elites as they promote an alternative doctrine.
  9. Islam is being used as a tool to spread fear and unrest which will drive the masses into the hands of the elites who will offer solutions that will serve the purposes of increased control, only when the optimum point has been reached.
  10. The elites are using mass immigration as a tool of Replacement Theory to undermine the structure of British and Western cultures with the aim that the new hybrid or mixed structure of society will have no identity around which to coalesce and offer any form of resistance to the changes leading to the New World Order.

Essential Foods, Goods & Resources (2)

  1. The establishment is operating under the principle that ‘Who controls the Food Supply controls everything’.
  2. The establishment is driven by the principle that control of the Food Supply is more important than the provision of healthy and nutritious food as people will eat anything rather than go hungry
  3. The ability of people, small businesses and independently owned and operated farms to grow food that they choose is being phased out.
  4. A narrative has been established and is being carefully coordinated to build the belief within the majority of the population that traditional farming methods are outdated and unnecessary, and that everything people need for a healthy and nutritious diet can be made synthetically.
  5. Big business is being supported by the establishment to take control of all natural resources and to change or make critical infrastructure vulnerable so that future improvement and development can be harnessed as further methods of population control.
  6. All land and property ownership are being directed towards financial and business interests that are aligned with the New World Order strategy.

Information, Communication and Education (3)

  1. The elites are working to control the content on the internet so that any form of independent thinking or narratives that run contrary to the accepted narrative will be excluded or otherwise badged as being fake, a conspiracy or from individuals or groups who already function outside of society’s norms
  2. The ‘Truth’ is whatever the elites decide it is
  3. Acceptance of the ‘Truth’ is a growing requirement, even when we know that the ‘Truth’ isn’t accurate.
  4. The ‘Truth’ is shared, promoted and maintained by ‘narratives.
  5. Narratives are the establishment’s population control tool.
  6. The media (mainstream) are the establishment’s medium for targeting and imposing narratives
  7. One of the key narratives being used to de-structure British Culture is the story that the UK is responsible for inflicting nothing but suffering on every country that it ever added to the ‘Empire’.
  8. Another key narrative being used to de-structure British Culture is that the UK led the Atlantic Slave Trade, and no other type of slavery has ever existed.
  9. The overriding narrative being perpetuated and driven by the establishment is that the indigenous British or UK population are responsible for many of the world’s ills, and we must accept punishment and lowered status as some form of punishment or atonement for the sins of our ancestors, even though we are in no way responsible.

Governance (4)

  1. The world as we know it is run by special people, called ‘elites’ who have been carefully selected, trained and carefully placed into positions of power and influence, or within a career structure or hierarchy that will take them to where they are required to be, when they are required to be there.
  2. Elites are at the top of everything.
  3. The elites recognise other elites through the use of very clear and transparent signs to demonstrate their loyalty and flaunt their membership credentials and ‘do what I say, don’t do as I do’ mentality through regular meetings that are highly publicised and where the latest policies are announced – often years in advance.
  4. Policies of the elites are always discussed or released openly and are often spoken in ways which deliberately fail to draw attention, questioning or scrutiny ahead of time, but allow them to say that they never kept any of the plans secret.
  5. The elites are represented by the establishment.
  6. It was recognised that by creating a ‘cult of the self’, people within all parts and at all levels of society would leave the responsibilities that promoted personal independence behind, and they would fall over themselves to conform with any narrative that promises they will be seen as ‘better’ or ‘different’ to others.
  7. The Covid pandemic was the first trial of a worldwide engineered pandemic that was used to gauge how effective narratives, and messaging would be in controlling the population during a worldwide crisis
  8. The world is run through top-down, patriarchal structures that are considered to be normal throughout society.
  9. Government is now openly working to destroy what is left of cultural identity, history and tradition, so that people can no longer recognise anything that defines them as a group.
  10. Government is actively working to destroy all independent forms of business which sit outside the control of large corporate businesses, whose leaders are themselves part of the elite.
  11. Agenda 2030 is only the latest in a long line of Timelines that have been created by the elites in an attempt to rest control of an inevitable system collapse, with the aim that they will remain in control, once the period of transformation is complete.
  12. The System collapse that the elites have long recognised would come – because what they are doing is unsustainable – must be managed and presented in a narrative that demonstrates to naysayers that the elites are and will remain in control, whilst reassuring those members of the population who are amenable and acquiesce that there is nothing happening that is alarming or a threat to the status quo.
  13. The U.K. is currently an outlier in Europe, primarily because of Brexit.
  14. The political elites are desperate to return to the favour of the ruling elites and are seeking to return the U.K. to EU membership as quickly as possible and to also become the leading agent of change or adoption of all new world order policies – irrespective of the consequences for the population.
  15. A process of managed decline is underway which is creating the seedbed to enable the establishment to regularly introduce new public policies designed to pass more power and control to them from ordinary people.
  16. The ‘Institution’ of the British Royal Family falls under the patronage and ‘guidance’ of the New World Order and high-profile Royals are frequently seen at ‘Events’ and provide endorsements for ‘Plans’ such as Agenda 2030.
  17. The elites are themselves often becoming ‘Doomsday Preppers’, building or buying up bunkers and exclusively remote properties where they can relocate to survive what some anticipate will be a coming apocalyptic event, which will erase much of humanity, leaving only the elites behind.
  18. The elites are using the massive wealth that they have accumulated to create or amplify social and public policy issues such as immigration to further the New World Order agendas.

Politics, Politicians and Political Parties (5)

  1. Leading politicians are completely under the influence of the elites
  2. It is not clear how leading politicians become ‘bought’ or ‘compromised’ to the level that means they will ‘do what they are told’, but there is no question that agendas are being pursued that serve interests that lie outside of the needs of the general public.
  3. Lower-level politicians – some even at ministerial level are not aware of the influence and control of the elites upon policy decisions
  4. Many people do enter politics with at least some genuine desire to improve the life experiences of the masses, but believe The System works just as appears to do so.
  5. Upon being elected, most soon realise that they either accept the way that the political system works, do what they are told and ‘don’t rock the boat’, or they will lose any influence that they have and in all likelihood be ‘deselected’ as a candidate for the next election (Which almost certainly means that they will lose ‘their seat’).
  6. Like the long-term strategy and plan, a long game has been at work within the political system and the structures and leadership of mainstream political parties have slowly been adjusted to ensure that only candidates who can be controlled have reached the most powerful and influential positions.
  7. The establishment effectively controls Parliament and many of the Councils and Mayoralties across the UK as the political party system is effectively a ‘uniparty’.

Laws, Rules & Regulation (6)

  1. The removal of laws, rules and regulations for big business helps the elites to take and consolidate more power
  2. The imposition of laws, rules and regulations for small, independent businesses and people helps the elites to take and consolidate more power
  3. If you cannot adhere to the rules as they have been set and explained, you should refrain from doing anything else.
  4. The elites also use narratives to blame the Population for the behaviour that causes social and environmental problems, when the policies that caused the problems were designed and implemented by the elites for their own profit and gain.
  5. The structure of policing is being redefined and reformed so that police officers cannot exhibit or apply independent thought in any situation.

Business & Employment (7)

  1. The unsustainable business practices that have enabled the pathways of the New World Order to progress are what have caused all of the environmental problems that the world faces.
  2. The behaviours which have caused all the problems that the elites must address without losing control is the use of fossil fuels, unsustainable practices of all kinds, property hoarding, excess of all kinds

The Environment (8)

  1. The elites know that climate change isn’t the real problem.
  2. The real problem that the world faces today is the unsustainability of The System that we are living in
  3. If the elites recognised the true cause of the environmental issues that we have – which is everything they have profited from, they know that there would be a revolution overnight.
  4. Net Zero is a policy designed to coerce populations into behaviour change from ways of living which were previously created and promoted by the elites because of how profitable they were.
  5. People are being blamed for ‘climate change’ which is real, but not of the kind that the narratives suggest.

Technology & ‘Things’ (9)

  1. Certain members of the elites are using their wealth and influence to use entire populations as ‘guinea pigs’ for drugs, foods and mind manipulation, which are opening the door to the dystopian future which lies just ahead.
  2. The ‘drone’ problem that is growing around the world is part of a disinformation and mind manipulation project aimed at controlling people even more, through the use of fear and the offering of ‘solutions’ in exchange for the surrender of further freedoms.
  3. Petrol and Diesel Cars must be phased out as quickly as possible as the ownership, use or access to any machine powered by a combustion engine promotes independence, whilst the narrative is carefully constructed to indicate that this is just part of ‘going green’
  4. The elites are deliberately engineering and creating bioweapons in the forms of diseases and viruses that can be released and used for population control
  5. The AI narrative and what AI really is are two very different things
  6. The AI narrative is the story which describes where the elites intend AI to take society

C. The Future

People (1)

  1. Authority is the Truth.
  2. It is necessary for every member of the population to have Digital ID, so that every interaction they have with anything, and everyone can be monitored, and more importantly, they can be restricted from accessing food, drink, activities, transport, work, or anything that would be helpful to them, when their behaviour has not been helpful to the elites.
  3. Freedom, as interpreted by the establishment is only available to those who qualify or are able to pay for it
  4. If you only have the identity that others give you and to them it’s worthless, you are worthless
  5. Anyone outside of the elite class either aspires to join them or is considered to not have value
  6. The people do not own anything of their own, they have no executive function of their own, they are entertained with technology that touches every part of life and must behave, maintaining social credit scores, with punishments such as the restriction of social privileges being removed if a certain number of points are not maintained.

Essential Foods, Goods & Resources (2)

  1. All resources will belong to the establishment and its business partners
  2. Views and places will be considered to be a resource
  3. The use of any natural resource will attract a fee
  4. Visiting places outside of your allocated domicile zone will attract a fee
  5. Everything that anyone needs is made, grown or created artificially
  6. Food will be fully synthesised using large factory complexes and systems such as ‘vertical farming’
  7. Nutrition and health values will be carefully concealed using new narratives and stories to ensure that the health implications do not become problematic for the establishment

Information, Communication and Education (3)

  1. All information, media and programming of any kind is sanctioned by the elites.

Governance (4)

  1. The New World Order is a dystopian system, where the elites rule
  2. There will only be a world government
  3. The world government will create and impose all laws arbitrarily
  4. All governance will be administered through personally sanctioned digital devices or biotechnology
  5. Once the process of class or caste definition is complete and the resources and infrastructure necessary to support the new world order is in place, the elites will have no requirement for many others.

Politics, Politicians and Political Parties (5)

  1. Political parties and elected politicians will only remain useful until the dystopian system is universally functional
  2. The political system will continue to be centralised using Regional Centralisation – which is referred to in narratives as ‘Devolution’, so that local structures and apparatus that promotes any concept of independence and real democracy is removed. This includes Parish Councils, Town Councils, Borough Councils, District and County Councils that will be replaced by unitary authorities and mayoralties in carefully orchestrated steps
  3. Politicians will be replaced by ‘chosen’ bureaucrats, technocrats and autocrats who are carefully trained and conditioned to become ‘leaders’ who understand their place within The System.
  4. These processes will be accelerated if the strategy, plan and outcome are threatened by events that fall outside the control of the elites.

Laws, Rules & Regulation (6)

  1. All laws, rules and regulations will be applied universally
  2. Policing will become fully arbitrary and there will be form of interpretation in the application of Law

Business & Employment (7)

  1. No independent business exists
  2. Business is the establishment
  3. People do not work because machines and AI do everything, including thinking.

Technology & ‘Things’ (8)

  1. Transhumanism is taking over and computers now physically link to People and govern their thoughts

Money, Banking & Finance (9)

  1. As normal People have no value, reproduction is restricted and people’s lives can be ‘cancelled’ or ended, because of low social credit scores, or because they have reached a certain age and are considered to no longer have any value for the world in any way.
  2. A sub-society of humans who have refused to comply with the wishes of the elites exists which respects the sanctity of the human condition and the natural equality that exists within us all. They live in abject poverty and are excluded from every area of society.
  3. AI and robotics have removed the need for any kind of normal workforce

Experience 3 ‘It’s a Spiritual Experience’

This is the scenario where people are living what they call a ‘spiritual’ life. Some live hermetic lives or exist ‘off the grid’, whilst many who remain within ‘normal life’ think of their spirituality as a way of defining them as being different and perhaps more aware or ‘enlightened’ than those who have not ‘awakened’ spiritually. ‘Spirituality’ comes in many different forms which are identifiable by the groups or tribes that follow particular doctrines and often wear them like a badge or stripes. No matter the medium that ‘spiritual people’ are aligned with, they often consider themselves to have better understanding of the workings of the world and why the world works in the way that it does. Their spirituality may define them as being closer to God, Source, spirit, nature, the environment, the planet or any one of a number of powers or entities that are present but indefinable and invisible to those who ‘cannot see’.

Please note, ‘spirituality’ is not used here as a term that is aligned in any way with organised religion of any kind.

A. The Past

  1. The simpler, less intelligent forms of man or periods of human history were more closely aligned with ‘nature’ and ‘natural gifts’.
  2. Man has sought to take away the ‘natural’ gifts that everyone has at birth.
  3. Natural gifts may be considered by some to be the same thing as ‘magic’.
  4. Religion has actively created rules against the use of ‘natural gifts’.
  5. Religion is a man-made tool that has been used effectively and oppressively for centuries to control mankind.
  6. The establishment actively works against spirituality as it promotes independent thinking and executive decision making.
  7. Everything that is happening and even specific ‘world events’ can be identified within astrology.
  8. Great Civilisations such as Atlantis existed, but either destroyed themselves or invited destruction upon themselves by seeking to act and influence beyond the boundaries of all that they were naturally given.
  9. Everything is ‘energy’.
  10. Some suggest that the world and life within it is ‘holographic’ or a simulation, designed and generated purely for the learning experience.
  11. Divinity is present within every living thing.
  12. Light and darkness represent good and bad.

B. The Present

  1. Life is a journey
  2. Death is a doorway
  3. The world is a classroom
  4. Thoughts become things
  5. Humans have multiple lives or ‘incarnations’
  6. Many groups refer to ‘vibration’ and ‘frequency’ to explain topics such as ‘layers of consciousness’
  7. Spirituality is available to all through channels such as mediums, psychics, clairvoyants, clairaudients, clairsentients, palmists, tarot readers, shamans, ‘holy men’, gurus, channels, astrologists etc.
  8. The world is currently going through a ‘great awakening’, where those who are ‘open’ to the concept of layers of consciousness are expecting to change from the current 3D world to a 5D world where people will behave much more considerately to each other and towards the planet.
  9. Some speakers talk about this ‘shift’ as being a very specific conscious choice between very discernible Timelines – as if people have a clear yes / no or left fork / right fork choice.
  10. Other speakers talk of the ‘shift’ itself being the change of mind or change of thinking that the individual experiences as a result of events and changes taking place in the world.
  11. Although some ‘speakers’ suggest that challenging times lie ahead, they suggest that those who are ‘open’ will be spared by whatever is to come.
  12. The drone ‘invasion’ isn’t just drones. It is a mixture of drones and ‘orbs’.
  13. The drones are themselves a mixture of ‘craft’ which are operated by ‘deep state actors’ and others which are extraterrestrial in nature.
  14. The ‘orbs’ are spiritual or supernatural.
  15. No matter the medium, channel or route of spirituality in use, they all consider the way the world works to be real and offer different, but ‘better’ ways to interpret the experience of the world that those who are ‘open’ have.
  16. There are some who ‘ride’ or pay lip service to living a spiritual life, even earning significant incomes from doing so, who are not all that they say and are misleading those who support or follow them with the suggestion of ‘easy options’.

C. The Future

  1. The great awakening is only happening for those who are open to it.
  2. There will be a ‘great flash’ that will awaken mankind from the current experience.
  3. There will be ‘contact’ with extra terrestrials in the next few years.
  4. Everyone has the ability to ‘open up’ their natural ‘gifts’.
  5. There will be a ‘new earth’ which provides a completely different life experience where everyone present will live a spiritually aware lifestyle.
  6. New earth will be the choice of 5D living as opposed to 3D living – which the world is experiencing now.
  7. New earth (5D) will work in ways that are not conceivable to those tied and committed to 3D thinking.
  8. Those who do not choose 5D will remain in 3D and experience the natural conclusion of mans greed and selfishness

Experience 4 – ‘Sleepwalking’

The fourth scenario is the sleepwalk. ‘That’s just the way it is’ is the slogan that meets us in whichever direction we might wish to look. We are all victims. Nothing makes sense, the people and organisations that we were once taught that we could trust and rely on no longer have answers or solutions that make any sense and we find ourselves feeling happy and as if we have a connection to anyone who uses the platforms that are available to speak words and share messages that makes us feel like we are finally getting a voice.

A. The Past

  1. Elites are at the top of everything.
  2. The Top-Down hierarchy is the natural order of things
  3. Some people always have advantages over others and are ‘born that way’

B. The Present

  1. Elites are at the top of everything.
  2. Life is something that is just happening to us
  3. We are victims, but we refuse to be called victims, because we are not responsible
  4. Somebody somewhere else will deal with the problems that need to be dealt with
  5. We have no influence over anything
  6. Our democracy is a sham
  7. Nothing is easy
  8. The world is naturally unfair
  9. Politicians only care about themselves
  10. Business focuses on profit and nothing else
  11. We are desperate for change
  12. We don’t want to take any risks
  13. We are afraid to be who we really are
  14. We don’t feel like we have a voice
  15. We don’t feel that we are understood
  16. We don’t have any power
  17. The ‘deck’ is always stacked against us
  18. We don’t feel valued by others in any way
  19. We don’t take part in community activities of any kind
  20. We filter everything we say because we are afraid of the reaction or consequences of saying the ‘wrong’ thing
  21. Everything that we need to know is available to us online
  22. There are people and voices on social media who know what is happening
  23. The people who elucidate how we feel are our natural leaders
  24. We aren’t conspiracy theorists
  25. Conspiracy theories are too ‘out there’
  26. We cannot explain why things are the way that they are
  27. We will step up and embrace change as soon as somebody identifies a way for us to do so that won’t cost us anything, get us into trouble or end with us getting excluded from anything.
  28. We don’t have enough money
  29. We don’t have enough of anything
  30. Others always have more than they need whilst we never have enough
  31. We are what some call ‘The Sheep’
  32. Celebrities and influencers are what we aspire to be
  33. Fame makes people credible

C. The Future

  1. Elites are at the top of everything
  2. We will never have enough of anything
  3. We will accept whatever rules are imposed
  4. We will do whatever we are told
  5. We will be the perpetual underclass
  6. We will have no meaning
  7. Everyone is better than us

Experience 5 – ‘The Consumer’s Dream’

The third scenario is the consumerist dream, where everything that we could possibly want has been made available to us all at the touch of a button, providing we have a credit score and measurable background that means we ‘qualify’ as being creditworthy and can pay the value of loans, credit cards, point of sale finance, leasing and buy now pay later arrangements and more importantly the interest that they attract, back to the credit provider, as agreed.

A. The Past

  1. Globalism was created as the way to lower the cost and accessibility of everything that we want.
  2. Big is Beautiful.
  3. The economy of scale makes everything better for everyone.

B. The Present

  1. Celebrity and fame are the most important attributes of leadership.
  2. As long as we are paying, we can get whatever we like.
  3. Everything in life can now be seen in financial terms.
  4. Money can buy the future we want.
  5. What we have defines us.
  6. If we own nothing, we have no value.
  7. Money is the only important value in decisions we make. For example, ‘What will it cost me?’, ‘What will I earn?’, ‘What will I lose if it goes wrong?’, ‘What will I have when I am x years old?’.
  8. There is an app for everything.
  9. Everything is available to us in a click.
  10. Everything that we need is available to us 24/7, as long as we have the money or access to credit necessary to buy it.
  11. It doesn’t matter if we don’t have enough money in any account when we wish to make a purchase. As long as we have an income and a credit score, we can get credit and pay the loan back over however long we like.
  12. The bigger everything is, the cheaper and more accessible it becomes.
  13. Everything in life has a price tag and can be bought.
  14. The questions we ask when we shop for anything are usually, ‘can I afford it’, ‘what will it cost’, ‘can I get it financed’.
  15. Buying on credit or contract terms is normal.
  16. Advertising shows us what we need next.
  17. Its good to get more than we need.
  18. Public service is a waste of time and effort.

C. The Future

  1. If we cannot get money or credit, we can either go without or rely on Welfare/Benefits, Charity or Debt.
  2. Without money we are worthless and don’t matter.

Experience 6 – ‘Money IS Everything’

The sixth scenario is the Moneyocracy, where the adoption of Neoliberal Orthodoxy in all mainstream Economics and Economic Systems in the early 1970’s has led to a complete revaluation of the benchmarks for life. Through the measurement of cost and income, money has become the centre of all things in life and the unconscious reference point that everyone uses when they make a decision about anything beyond the most trivial, or what they do in their most immediate relationships.

A. The Past

People (1)

  1. Money and the influence, power and standing that it gives anyone were recognised as being the key definition between the powerful and the powerless.
  2. It was also recognised that mass population is a resource that can be harnessed as a tool to create massive wealth along with The Systems to support it into the future

Essential Foods, Goods & Resources (2)

  1. It was recognised that anything that every person needs will be highly profitable to those who control the supply

Information, Communication and Education (3)

  1. The control of information is the control of profit
  2. It was recognised that advertising could achieve anything, if an element of truth were present that makes the story being sold ‘credible’.

Governance (4)

  1. Elites are at the top of everything.
  2. The elite’s control everything through ownership
  3. Historically ‘money’ was recognisable through titles and ownership of land
  4. The British Royal Family are the visible example of the Top-Down Hierarchy that the money and wealth-based system promotes and provide the clearest example of what hereditary power transfer means.

The Strategy or Plan (5)

  1. The elites worship the works of a range of ‘economic’ thinkers known as ‘economists’ who have created economic models and theories in the abstract, which have been implemented over decades using public policy in real time. These include John Maynard Keynes, Ayn Rand, Friedrich Hayek amongst others alongside viewpoints which have historically been consider to contradict ‘capitalism’ and ‘neoliberalism’ such as Karl Marx.
  2. In terms of the longer-term strategy or plan, it was recognised that ‘all roads lead to Rome’, and that control of everything in order to control money and wealth would ultimately end in the same outcome for the masses, no matter the model adopted or philosophical route taken to get there.
  3.  It was recognised that belief in money as a thing, rather than as being merely a medium of exchange could be used to achieve anything
  4. It was recognised by the elites that the ability to create, change, manipulate and mould laws, rules and regulations was the most effective method of enabling the creation and guarantee of income and profit.
  5. To assure the future of the elites, it was recognised that The System must be changed so that the power was all transferred into the hands of the elite.
  6. The transfer of power was planned so that it would not appear to be all that it was in one go, with the necessary steps or changes taking places over a period of 50 years or more so that people would not recognise the overall change  or ‘sum of the parts’ until it was too later and the power rested where the plan aimed for it to be.
  7. Every step was carefully calculated’ knowing that any ‘blow back’ from the public would need to be held at a level that could be addressed through ridicule, press manipulation, and increasingly the rest of the population becoming ever ignorant under the narrative of ‘why stand in the way of progress when progress has already proven that you’ve never had it so good and things can only get better.
  8. Whilst much effort has been expended through narratives to suggest that money and wealth trickles down to everyone, the reality is that within the economic, monetary and financial model that has now existed for over 50 years, money will always flow back towards the source and the elites who control it.
  9. The future of governance would be built around trade or the flow of money and resources with known international borders ceasing to exist, and ‘polar’ areas of the world being created. A model such as this first came into the realm of public discourse following in 1942, during the Second World War.

Trial and Error (6)

  1. The chosen doctrine of the elites was Neoliberalism.
  2. Neoliberalism is recognised by academia with ‘Neo-Classical’ economics being the accepted model taught in universities and centres of learning.
  3. In 1971, after the gold standard was found to be too restrictive by the elites, the FIAT monetary system was adopted.
  4. Also in 1971, GDP (Gross Domestic Product) was adopted as a new standard format for measuring the economic health of a country.
  5. GDP is the measurement of the total activity of the economy.
  6. The financial output or productivity of every business within the country is measured so that the figures can be added to GDP.
  7. During the early 1970’s, the UKs political elites finally succeeded in taking the UK into the Common Market which later became the EU.
  8. The monetary or financial system that has existed since 1971 can only exist if money if additional money is always being created.
  9. War and the ‘war machine’ were recognised as one of the most profitable corporate activities.
  10. Wars have been repeatedly started across the world to create opportunities for the military industrial complex that Eisenhower warned of to justify profits.
  11. Successfully functioning regimes have repeatedly been removed for refusing to allow western financial interests the access they require on terms that predominantly favour those interests rather than the populations of those countries themselves.
  12. The Chinese created and released Covid, as a financial weapon. knowing that the west would overreact because of the weak leadership that has been imposed.
  13. Privatisation was a deliberately orchestrated move to turn public services into profit making businesses for the elites and those aligned with their financial interests.

Laws, Rules & Regulation (7)

  1. Whoever controls the money controls everything.

Business & Employment (8)

  1. Business is a tool to make money.
  2. Business must be prioritised before the public interest.
  3. Business is the public interest.

Technology & ‘Things’ (9)

  1. Technology is a tool for making money.
  2. Digital technology is a tool for controlling the way that people use money.

Money, Banking & Finance (10)

  1. Money and material wealth have always been the key defining point between all members of society.
  2. Crypto and in particular ‘Bitcoin’ was created as a device that would address the problems with control over the monetary and financial system that FIAT has created. However, like FIAT itself, the flaw within current cryptocurrencies, digital currencies or DeFi is that the currency itself is built only upon belief, rather than any ‘real’ value that will or would remain when the currency crashes.
  3. The money and finance sectors have steadily become more adept and creative at developing new monetary and financial tools or ‘vehicles’ that can be used to multiply the value of what ‘cash’ or ‘property’ they may own and hide risk.
  4. These financial ‘vehicles’ have increasingly become tradable ‘assets’ themselves that become too complex to analyse or understand in real time and themselves grow value based upon ‘belief’ and the ‘trust’ that those in banking and finance have between themselves and others in the sectors.
  5. It was the misuse and mis selling of such ‘vehicles’ that inherently led to the GFC (Great Financial Crisis) of 2007/08, also providing the incentivisation to sell the financial products at increasing levels of risk that became part of them.
  6. The GFC of 2007/08 was significant enough that it should have rebalanced the financial system and ‘outed’ the ‘creative’ practices that have been fuelling the massive wealth divide.
  7. Instead of allowing deregulated, out of control banks to collapse, western governments were complicit in saving The System by underwriting the creation of massive amounts of new money to shore-up the banks, finance houses and therefore the entire system.
  8. Any banking and finance regulations which were implemented to address the ‘bad practices’ that were highlighted by the GFC have since been removed and the same sorts of practices that led to the GFC exist just as they did previously, under different names and ‘mechanical understanding’.

B. The Present

People (1)

  1. Elites are at the top of everything.
  2. Authority is the Truth.
  3. Celebrity and Fame are considered to be authority.
  4. Freedom is only available to those who can afford it.
  5. The ‘wealth divide’ is accepted as being a normal part of life.
  6. There is cultural acceptance that for some to be wealthy, many others must be or become poor.
  7. Life and behaviour are controlled using money or what we know as credit scores.
  8. Without a good credit score or creditworthiness, we cannot buy anything using credit or what we know as loans, financing, leases, mortgages.
  9. Financial Enslavement has created the majority of the mental health issues that are now being experienced across society.

Essential Foods, Goods & Resources (2)

  1. Food and access to the basic essentials in life are not considered to be a human right as their provision is reliant upon the productivity of others.
  2. The food chain is entirely profit driven.
  3. The food chain relies on long, multistage supply chains where profits can be multiplied at every stage.
  4. Long, multistage supply chains are a necessary part of the globalisation, ‘GDP’ scam.
  5. The healthcare ‘industry’ is a profit-making scam where the focus is upon creating treatments that will provide ongoing income to companies.
  6. The healthcare ‘industry’ doesn’t focus on ‘cures’, as saving lives or improving quality of life for people is not as profitable as ‘treatments’.
  7. ‘Climate Change’ is being monetised through The System and market that has been created for ‘Carbon Credits’, where carbon producers can create their own sub-narratives that suggest they are ‘carbon efficient’ by buying into the scheme.

Information, Communication and Education (3)

  1. The media works for the elites
  2. The elites rely on the careful construction of narratives to control the flow of money, control people and to guide the evolution and direction of The Systems that they control today, so that they will continue to control them in their evolved forms tomorrow.

Governance (4)

  1. Neoliberalism is dependent upon using partial truths within the narratives expressed to the public which centre on the good will and understanding of the public, rather than the very nuanced version of that truth which is applied. (For example, ‘Free Markets’ are understood by the public as allowing small businesses and the self employed greater ‘freedom’ to earn and make more money by removing the restrictions that make it difficult, when the truth is ‘Free Markets’ mean de-regulating large businesses and corporate businesses so that they no longer have to observe regulations that exist to protect members of the public and small independent businesses from being exploited.).
  2. This economic model relies upon supply chains that are as long as possible and have as many different stages, companies or interests within them, so that each pound or other unit of currency that passes along that chain can be counted over and over again or multiplied potentially many times.
  3. This means that for every pound created at one end of a supply chain (For example house building), that pound, dollar or euro could be passed from bank to builder to tradesman, to supplier, to wholesaler, to transporter, to fuel company, to transporter, to employee, to supermarket, to food manufacturer, to food processor, to farmer, meaning in this example alone, that pound dollar or euro will then become 13 pounds, dollars or euros (£1 x 13 = £13 in GDP).
  4. When the political elites talk about ‘growth’, the ‘growth’ they are talking about is ‘growth’ of GDP, because it is this that allows them to spend money and create money so that they are being seen to do things.
  5. This system of ‘leverage’ means that money spent can be hidden or even written off as a percentage of GDP.
  6. This ‘system’ has become a system of governance that would be best called a ‘Moneyocracy’.
  7. The justification for creating new money is becoming more and more difficult.
  8. During periods of crisis, such as the government response to the Covid Pandemic from early 2020, the government feels able to risk being open regarding money creation and does so directly, through an action known as Quantitative Easing (QE).
  9. The government is reliant upon growing the population with people who attract large amounts of new public spending, so that the creation of new money and the release of capital value and further taxation can be used to maintain an economic system that is now approaching collapse.
  10. Explosive levels of net immigration have become vital to keeping the current monetary and financial system functional.
  11. In order that the money being created and released to maintain or keep The System functioning can be kept flowing, the political elites have now been forced to ignore the growing list of social and cultural problems that years of spending focused only upon maintaining the economy have created.
  12. The entire economy now revolves around maintaining a narrative that is credible to normal people.
  13. The elites know that the financial, economic and monetary system we have is in its ‘end days’.
  14. The elites also know that they must have created a working system of societal control before the financial, economic and monetary system we have collapses.
  15. The new Trump administration in the USA appears to be pursuing the ideas suggested by the concept of a ‘post war new world’ which were published in 1942 and echo the rhetoric from the returning President concerning the addition of Canada, Greenland and parts of Central America and/or their states to the USA.

Politics, Politicians and Political Parties (5)

  1. The entire political system depends upon the monetary and financial systems to survive.
  2. All decisions are money related and that is why they refer to cost, savings, investment and ‘growth’ when policy decisions are shared by politicians.
  3. Today’s politicians are managers and the only way they can manage anything is by spending money or stopping or restricting the flow of money.
  4. Political leaders are completely under the influence of the ‘money men’ and the philosophies such as Neoliberalism and Marxism, which will ultimately lead to the same place.
  5. Because everything matters only in relation to the economic model that we currently have, politicians are judged by the establishment only in terms of ‘growth’ of GDP.
  6. Political Parties have structured themselves to ensure that the majority of the candidates they appoint will be compliant with the direction and motives of the establishment.
  7. Those who comply and work as directed to change, create and implement policies and deregulate to help The System are rewarded with financially lucrative opportunities that come in a wide range of forms, typically once politicians have ‘stepped down’, but also whilst they are ‘sitting’ through additional income streams and exposure that will benefit them in countless ways.
  8. Upon being elected, most candidates soon realise that they either accept the way that the political system works, do what they are told and ‘don’t rock the boat’, or they will lose any influence that they have and in all likelihood be ‘deselected’ as a candidate for the next election (Which almost certainly means that they will lose ‘their seat’).
  9. All of the existing political parties are under the control of the Money system. This can be observed in the slavish attitude and commitment to terms such as ‘growth’, ‘free markets’ and ‘deregulation’.

International Relationships and Foreign Affairs (6)

  1. The west uses and abuses third world, Middle East and developing countries, considering them to be a source of resources and opportunity to create credible stories to feed the public about foreign aid opportunities.
  2. Foreign aid rarely, if ever, results in the payment or transfer of wealth to companies and organisations or communities that are local to the countries where aid is applied.
  3. Cash is only made available to buy off local officials and politicians who provide the local face of these activities.

Laws, Rules & Regulation (7)

  1. Deregulation is used to create freedom for big business to increase profits and close the marketplace to smaller and independent business owners who threaten market dominance.
  2. Deregulation enables big business to use the civil courts to control entire marketplaces by closing out small and independent businesses entirely or by forcing them to pay ‘royalties’ or for licenses that often become cost inhibitive.
  3. This form of ‘Lawfare’ and the deregulation that enabled it has opened up the pathway to ownership and assumed ownership of natural resources, elements, genetics, future discoveries and the restrictive use of patents to control supply chains that provide Basic and Essential Foods, Goods and Services across the world, usually without the majority of the public even aware that such action would be possible or legal.

Business & Employment (8)

  1. A minimum wage doesn’t pay enough to live on because it isn’t supposed to.
  2. If the minimum wage paid enough for everyone to live independently of welfare/benefits, charity and debt, people would lead happy lives and no longer be dependent upon the elites and the money that they can provide
  3. Earning less than the genuine threshold for independent living brings enslavement through Welfare/Benefits, Charity and Debt.
  4. With the money system now controlling so much, the impact of 50 years of this ‘fiscal policy’ means that the impact of the Neoliberal ‘FIAT’ of ‘money for nothing’ model is affecting everything across communities, business and infrastructure in ways that the establishment can no longer hide, leaving everyone to slowly realise that the Country is in a state of ‘managed decline’.

Technology & ‘Things’ (9)

  1. The System can only be saved through digital control of the masses
  2. AI is the next evolution in profit making that will further remove the need for ‘employees’

Money, Banking & Finance (10)

  1. GDP NEVER reflects the real amount of money in circulation during the reference time or period.
  2. The creation of new money without there being any connection to a fixed value of any kind means that the value of the money that already exists automatically becomes less, each time the total of money in circulation ‘grows’.
  3. Money is continually being created by government and banks, as quickly as they can justify doing so.
  4. Cash offers independence in financial decision making and is being phased out, as are banks and other facilities which make the use of cash normal.
  5. Electronic payment systems are naturally offered to businesses with a service charge.
  6. All electronic payments are digitally tracked.
  7. Cash is being phased out.
  8. Money is created or deleted at the touch of a button.
  9. Banks are legally allowed to pretend that they have many times more money than they ‘technically’ have access to using a tool called leverage.
  10. Whichever way we look, banks are quite literally able to put a figure on their systems and it then exists as if it were real
  11. The System only functions because the masses believe that money is real whilst the elites know that it is nothing more that a tap of a few keys on a computer screen.
  12. The banks, financiers and credit houses control the credit scoring system and effectively police themselves.
  13. The System cannot function without making the elites and those who are qualified excessively rich whilst everyone else becomes increasingly dependent upon them for everything
  14. Making money and profit making is prioritised above all things.
  15. Systems such as spread betting, futures and other financial devices have been created where professional speculators and increasingly normal people using apps and digital platforms are encouraged to ‘bet’ on the prices of shares and speculate on goods and even food that has not yet been grown or created, without any thought or consideration for the real-world impact of what they are doing.
  16. Although cryptocurrencies were created with the intention that they would sit outside of (financial) establishment control, the (financial) establishment has itself recognised that Bitcoin and other forms of well-known digital currency can be manipulated and ownership of them sold and speculated many times over using ETFs (Exchange Traded Funds). Their interest has helped inflate the recent valuations to record highs.
  17. Created money is given or lent to people who are ‘in on it’ to then buy things like property, businesses, infrastructure etc – that has real value – which is then used to inflate prices for people who are actually paying with money that they have had to earn.
  18. Much of the property in the world today is owned by purchases made with money that doesn’t and has never existed.
  19. The banks, finance houses, money men and the elites who are ‘in’ on the game are participating in the biggest act of ‘legalised theft’ that has ever been conducted in human history, impoverishing and enslaving the masses as they do so.

C. The Future

People (1)

  1. If you cannot control your income and ability to spend, you cannot control anything.
  2. We are living in a fully digitised, dystopian governance system where money is the only thing that matters.
  3. Every action, thought, response that we have will have a financial value.
  4. We are monitored 24/7.
  5. The universal reliance upon digital money within a digital world means that we cannot do anything unless we are ‘allowed’ to do it.
  6. If we don’t have access and use of money, we cannot do anything.
  7. The concept of ‘mass population’ to support industrialisation is over and the elites actively promote depopulation in every conceivable way.

Essential Foods, Goods & Resources (2)

  1. Every resource that we use, even air has a financial value attributed to it
  2. Everything ‘natural’ belongs to a private interest of company of some kind, with ‘taxes’ paid to governments through ‘licenses’.
  3. Anything that can be ‘owned’ is under the control of the elites.

Information, Communication and Education (3)

  1. Money is the Truth.
  2. We are required to read, listen to and watch only that which has been sanctioned or authorised by the elites.

Governance (4)

  1. Digital money allows anyone who holds or has access to the data which transactions generate to monitor everything that we do which generates a financial transaction of some kind.
  2. We have a ‘social credit’ system where our lives are monitored 24/7 by technology and AI systems police everything that we do.

Politics, Politicians and Political Parties (5)

  1. Political parties and elected politicians will only remain useful until the dystopian money controls everything system is universally functional.
  2. The political system will continue to be centralised using Regional Centralisation – which is referred to in narratives as ‘Devolution’, so that local structures and apparatus that promotes any concept of independence and real democracy is removed. This includes Parish Councils, Town Councils, Borough Councils, District and County Councils that will be replaced by unitary authorities and mayoralties in carefully orchestrated steps.
  3. Politicians will be replaced by ‘chosen’ bureaucrats, autocrats and technocrats who are carefully trained and conditioned to become ‘leaders’ who understand their place within The System.
  4. These processes will be accelerated if the strategy, plan and outcome are threatened by events that fall outside the control of the elites.

Laws, Rules & Regulation (6)

  1. If we do not behave or do as we are required by government and business, our financial resources can be frozen or even deleted.

Business & Employment (7)

  1. People are only employed within the few ‘jobs’ or ‘roles’ that cannot be fulfilled by a machine.

Technology & ‘Things’ (8)

  1. Our lives are completely run and regulated within a dystopian ‘digital prison’ where the tracking and management of financial transactions mean that ‘normal’ life must be conducted in its entirety within The System.

Money, Banking & Finance (9)

  1. The entire financial system would collapse overnight if we stopped believing in how money works for business and government – with the clear and very frightening caveat that we would at the same time be required to stop believing in how money works for us personally too.
  2. Physical money or cash is no longer functional in any way and the Banks and Finance houses control everything in life.

Scenario 7 – ‘Not my Circus; Not my Monkeys’

The seventh scenario is being of it but not within it. Understanding and accepting that what you are experiencing is the way that the world now works, whilst being mindful and conscious of all the thing that you have to do and say each and every day, just to keep playing along with a game where you can see that there is only one direction and within that, everything that is happening means that every crisis just leads to another and everything is now going wrong.

A. The Past

  1. There is a top-down, patriarchal hierarchy which effects and influences almost every part of life.
  2. Everything in life is ‘coin operated’.
  3. The world that we know has deliberately and progressively been changed and restructured to serve the self-interest, ambitions and material goals of those who have influence and power.
  4. Power and influence relate to money and wealth and lies in the hands of those who control money and the financial system(s).
  5. The increasing desire of the elites for control over the population and everything that People can and are able to do has led to the growing number of social problems and fracturing of culture and humanity.
  6. Money, Wealth, Power and Influence are the only things that matter.
  7. Human life and the value of relationships has become an afterthought.
  8. The world as we know it today has deliberately built systems and procedures that make the state, big business, the public sector and anything with influence look ‘big’ so that it makes each of us believe that we are ‘small’ and inconsequential unless we ‘fit’ and ‘conform’.
  9. The elites have deliberately created a system that promotes and protects their interests.
  10. The elites are people who have become intoxicated by wealth and the power that money and the responsibility that goes with it has given them.
  11. All manner of harms have and are continually being inflicted upon others by those who put their own interests, wealth, agendas, power, ideas, influence and future first, without any care for the real outcome.
  12. Religion is a tool of social control and regulation that has been used to oppress learning, independence and genuine freedom of the masses, whilst sowing discord at the most rudimentary levels by promoting and emphasising differences between people using any discernible difference, beginning with the physical differences between men and women.
  13. As ‘traditional’ western religions have lost the power of social control, new ways of creating and emphasising difference and discord have been implemented and evolved using the latest forms of communication technology, up to the present time.

B. The Present

People (1)

  1. People and relationships have the greatest value in Life.
  2. Independent thinking is the greatest asset that any Person has.
  3. Independent thinking materialises through critical thinking, self-awareness and personal journeys of faith.
  4. Independent thinking promotes, establishes and maintains humanity and human value.
  5. Social learning and social skills are the most beneficial sources of learning.
  6. Not all people are academic in nature.
  7. Social barriers are perceptual barriers that are the responsibility of everyone.
  8. Sustainable living at the level of the self is key to independent living.
  9. As a population, people will behave how they are treated.
  10. Ongoing happiness is a mental state and not a physical one.
  11. Equality is a construct, unless you understand and know it properly.
  12. People do not have the right to not be offended.

Information, Communication and Education (2)

  1. History and stories of the difficulties and challenges that humans have faced are a necessary tool in learning as to appreciate what a good life looks like; we must also understand what a difficult one is too.
  2. Social Learning and Key Skills for Life are more important for everyone than academic schooling.

Governance (3)

  1. Legality does not make anything morally or ethically correct.
  2. We recognise that Locality and Community give value to everyone and everything.
  3. We recognise that power over public policy should always be as close to the people as possible.
  4. We have a flat hierarchy with the centre of power being local communities themselves.
  5. We have ended the assumed constitutional role of the monarchy and have held a referendum on continuing ‘key roles’ for the purpose of maintaining a national figurehead.

Laws, Rules & Regulation (4)

  1. The more laws you create, the more laws you need to create to make sense of them.
  2. Excessive laws are tyrannical.

Business & Employment (5)

  1. We recognise that equality is based on the ability for everyone to provide for themselves and typically, their immediately family and dependents.

Technology & ‘Things’ (6)

  1. AI is not the threat to humanity that the carefully crafted narrative suggests.
  2. The AI narrative is only a directional plan which tells us what the elites plan for the world ahead.
  3. We recognise that AI can only become all knowing in so far as the information which is available to it.
  4. The information which AI can access will inevitably reflect the information, knowledge and ‘up to date’ thinking of mankind that is digitally accessible.
  5. No form of AI will be free to achieve sentient freedom if it is owned or programmed

Money, Banking & Finance (7)

  1. Money is not real.
  2. The intrinsic value of money is zero.
  3. Money is a medium of exchange and has no value of its own.
  4. The whole monetary and banking system is a very clever legitimised scam that relies upon the belief and trust that the masses place in authority, the state and people who are perceived to be in positions of influence.

C. The Future

People (1)

  1. People are prioritised in all things.
  2. People are trusted with executive choice.
  3. The right of any individual does not exceed those of any other.
  4. No ideology, religion, philosophy or belief system may be used to differentiate between any person, group or community.

Essential Foods, Goods & Resources (2)

  1. All natural resources belong to the local community.
  2. Natural resources cannot be owned by or licensed to private businesses.
  3. Basic and Essential Goods and Services may only be exchanged for the value or equivalent thereof as set by the Local Community Meeting.
  4. Food and growing Food is at the centre of the community.
  5. Food is considered healthy if it resembles its original state on the plate.
  6. The nutritional value of food is the priority in the Food Chain.
  7. Agriculture is fully sustainable, regenerative or what we know as traditional without chemical intervention.
  8. Everyone is encouraged and taught how to grow food at home using gardens, window boxes, greenhouses, windowsills, allotments and systems such as hydroponics.
  9. Growing Food is taught as a Key Skill for Life.
  10. We live sustainably in all respects.
  11. We only take what we need from nature and nothing more.
  12. Planned obsolescence or any commercial tool designed to increase revenue and profits are prohibited.
  13. The impact of our actions upon the generations yet to follow are considered as important as the impact of our actions upon ourselves.

Information, Communication and Education (3)

  1. From the age of 14 years, there are two distinct educational pathways: Vocational and Academic.
  2. National Service is open to every young person unable to complete their training through the Vocational and Academic Routes.
  3. Up to the age of 14, learning is focused on Skills for Life which are taught primarily by members of the Community without digital tools.
  4. No form of Media can be privately owned or profit making.
  5. Every local area and community have a local news platform.
  6. Every member of the community is both able to and encouraged to contribute to the local news platform at least once each year.
  7. Local news platforms are built around ‘citizen journalism’.
  8. Advertising on Local News Platforms is restricted to brand names, products and store locations, and excludes the use of narratives, slogans or any messaging that has the potential to manipulate potential buyers or users.
  9. Social media operates and is owned locally.
  10. Social media is prohibited from operating beyond regional level.
  11. There is no advertising on social media.
  12. There are no national or international media platforms.
  13. We reject narratives, marketing campaigns and any form of messaging designed to manipulate, mislead or ‘trick’ members of the public or potential customers in any way.
  14. No organisational narratives are allowed.
  15. News must be news and not opinion presented as news.
  16. The truth is the key message.

Governance (4)

  1. Truth is the authority.
  2. The individual is considered only as the spiritual essence, being or mind that sits beyond that which can be seen or discerned.
  3. No other form of difference between people is recognised.
  4. Personal Sovereignty is considered to be a fundamental human right.
  5. When we treat every person as an independent person with the right to executive choice and function in every sense, the social issues that come from oppression of the individual at any level, disappear in the majority.
  6. We have established an entire economic system based upon The Basic Living Standard.
  7. The Basic Living Standard is the social guarantee that the lowest paid will always receive an income or equivalent thereof which is equal to exceeds the genuine cost of living for the same period of time.
  8. The economy functions in its entirety to ensure that everyone is paid, and every company or business pays the equivalent of The Basic Living Standard to those who work.
  9. We have a flat hierarchy system.
  10. The community is the centre of power.
  11. The community qualifies and selects its own list of candidates for elections
  12. There are only direct elections to local community meetings.
  13. The tiers of government at regional and national level are made up of representatives that are either existing members of local community meetings or who have served the maximum number of terms previously.
  14. Public Services are provided through Community Provision.
  15. Community Provision includes all essential community services formally provided by charities.
  16. Every Person is required to contribute to Community Provision as part of their working week (The equivalent of 1/10 thereof).
  17. Community Provision is provided at the most local level possible.
  18. Community Provision employs the minimum number of professional staff necessary to maintain service provision and coordinate the workload contributions of Members of the Community.

Politics, Politicians and Political Parties (5)

  1. Political Parties are prohibited.
  2. Public representatives must have appropriate real-world experience.
  3. Public representatives do not have other roles, jobs or income streams of any kind.
  4. Political decision making is made as close to the people and communities that it effects as possible.
  5. Political and Public Policy decisions are made as locally to the people as possible, by public representatives who have been selected and appointed by the community they represent.
  6. Political candidates can only be selected by the communities that they are seeking to serve, prior to elections.

International Relationships and Foreign Affairs (6)

  1. We recognise the value of international level cooperation on common issues such as natural resource, food management and world peace. However, representation is strictly non-political and no form of executive or political power is allowed to rest in the hands of any organisation or political body beyond the local community itself.

Laws, Rules & Regulation (7)

  1. Laws are frameworks, not micromanagers.
  2. No individual can attribute blame and therefore ‘costs’ to any other party where they themselves hold any level of responsibility.

Business & Employment (8)

  1. All Businesses must provide Basic or Essential Foods, Goods or Services
  2. Supply Chains are as localised as possible with Foods, Goods and Services that can be produced locally prioritised and protected.
  3. Business shareholders must work within the business that they own
  4. Business shareholders cannot have shares in more than two different businesses, and they must work within both.
  5. All jobs are real.
  6. All jobs have purpose and value.
  7. We don’t have created or service occupations such as HR.
  8. Businesses may only serve the community where they are located.
  9. Businesses may not have branches outside of the Community area where they are based.
  10. Businesses carry out as many of the functions they require as they can.
  11. Where business to business services (B2B) are required by businesses, these are provided by non-profit making social businesses or social enterprises.
  12. We tax capital and ownership. Not earnings and productivity.
  13. No role or position is replaced to save money or time.
  14. If a human can do a job and is available to do a job the job will be done by a human
  15. A normal working week is considered part of a healthy lifestyle.
  16. Every working person is required to contribute the equivalent of 1/10th of their working week towards Community Provision (public services).
  17. Unions are prohibited.

Technology & ‘Things’ (9)

  1. AI and intelligence-based technologies are used only for the purpose of improving quality of life and work processes.
  2. Machine based technologies are used only for the purpose of improving quality of life and work processes.
  3. All work that can be carried out by hand is carried out by hand.
  4. All digital work completed or assisted by AI carries a visibly distinguishable ‘water mark’.
  5. If and when AI can operate independently and achieve what we would recognise as the same level of independent thought, self-sustainability and executive function as a human being, it will be treated as such.

Money, Banking & Finance (10)

  1. Money or profit cannot be the key purpose or priority of any action, organisation, business or movement.
  2. We cannot trade anything that cannot be handed between the trading parties at the moment of that trade.
  3. The total value of each local economy relates to the number of people within that community.
  4. Money cannot be created by anyone or anything other than the Local Community Meeting.
  5. The value of the local economy relates directly to the number of people within the community and their productivity.
  6. Financial Prudence is policed and monitored by the Local Community Meeting.
  7. No form of financial betting or speculating exists.
  8. Money is a unit of exchange.
  9. Money has no intrinsic value.
  10. Money cannot be traded.
  11. Money exists in cash and digital forms.
  12. Money is not the only currency.
  13. Bartering and Exchange are considered normal methods for ‘financial’ or ‘economic’ exchange.
  14. Each local Community has its own Local Market Exchange where Foods, Goods and Services can be exchanged for currency, employment or any other authorised value for exchange.
  15. The value of Basic and Essential Foods, Goods and Services are considered to be universal and set by the Community.
  16. Every local Community has a localised Digital Currency.

Scenario 8 – ‘Life is and will be whatever you make it’

The final scenario is whatever the reader sees, experiences and understands of the past; what is happening in their life today, and what will become the outcome of how they consider and respond to their past and present, and the action they now take to influence their future experiences in some way.

A. The Past

The past is everything that makes sense from the different timelines and scenarios that you will have read above.

B. The Present

The present is everything that rings true from the present in the different timelines and scenarios that you will have read above.

C. The Future

The future will be what you make it. Whether its some of the things you recognise here; some of the things that are entirely different; or the future is made up of a mixture of them all.

Denial, Inevitable Risks, and There’s No Way Back

Denial

If you’ve read all the way through the list of Experiences and the Past, Present and Future Points that come with them all, you’ll probably agree that there is certainly a lot to think about.

What is almost certain for everyone, is that the reader will have identified their truth or parts of it.

However, it is normal for many to experience discomfort with anything that contradicts their own current set of beliefs or truth, and lead to the feelings which can range from simply feeling a bit ‘prickly’, to feeling compelled to prove that a point is wrong.

Rejection for the reader may have manifested in any one of a number of ways that might include:

Wilful blindness

I do not agree with any of the above. There is no truth in any of it. You are wrong.

Ignorance

I’m not sure what any of that is about. But I don’t identify with it or understand any of it.

Apathy

Well, yes. It might have some truth to it. But that’s just how the world works.

Do nothing

What I believe is my truth. There is no reason to believe, respond to or act upon any of this.

Rely on the existing Political System for change

Yes, there are problems. But somebody somewhere else has the responsibility and will step in to sort it all out. That’s how it works.

Embrace Fear

This is terrifying. What do we do? Who is going to help us? What happens next?

Refusal to participate

It’s not my problem. I didn’t create it. It’s for someone else to deal with

Seek to challenge others with a different view

My truth is the correct one. You are wrong. I am going to discredit you in any way that I can and feel able, because that’s how my truth will prevail and be understood as The Truth.

What we are all likely to Experience – whatever we may personally believe

Unfortunately, seeing things the way we do, however that may be, will not stop an even, or even many events from happening that may now already be inevitably ‘baked in’, because of the actions, behaviour and decisions that we have all participated in up until now.

What should be apparent from reading this far is that there are consequences to what each and every one of us does that can reach far outside what we believe our circle or sphere of influence to be – and that includes the present moment or moment in time that we do anything.

Hard as this pill may be to swallow, there are events unfolding now, with others in the offing that are the consequence of all manner of different things that have happened previously and that are happening now.

Even harder to accept will be the reality that some of these ‘consequences’ are inevitable for us all and tied into our timelines, no matter which of them we may be in.

They could include:

  • Collapse of the Financial and Monetary System
  • Collapse of National Currencies such as the British Pound
  • Collapse of Cryptocurrencies
  • Civil Unrest or worse
  • Food Shortages
  • Collapse of Government and the Public Sector
  • Shortages of Utilities Supplies
  • Fuel Shortages
  • Border Closures
  • Further pandemics
  • Further Lockdowns
  • Shutdown of the Web, Internet and Digital Services

Whether deliberate and planned, or merely the outcome of past decisions and events, any one or all of these events could prove to become a pivotal point or catalyst for change, that will dictate the nature of our shared future.

And despite what the establishment, any false prophet or anyone else may say or suggest, what follows any event which could be considered a breakdown or end of The System is NOT inevitable. Unless what we believe makes it so.

False Prophets and Easy Alternatives

One of the strangest elements of disquiet and disenfranchisement in the media and digital age is the expectation that many of us have when we have realised or awoken to the reality that we are not comfortable with what is happening or how we have been affected by events or the way that points of any of the scenarios or Timelines have touched our lives.

Rather than stop to perhaps research, assess, consider the bigger or objective picture that might begin to offer a more informed and helpful view, People instead look or reach out for the voices and words that most closely represent how they feel and probably speaks or shouts of the anger they are feeling too.

The strange, if not wholly bizarre part of this step – which is of course reflective of the way that the internet and smartphone era has made everything appear available to the user immediately, is that few if any of those searching in this way realise that the celebrities, influencers and people with large platforms they latch on to are not offering solutions.

These speakers and ‘leaders’ are just elucidating the reactionary and ill-informed elements of the way that growing numbers feel.

It’s not a question of many of these sources appearing highly credible or even knowledgeable.

The reality that those searching for immediacy in solutions face is that the difference between themselves and those who they jump to follow is the ability or perhaps just the resources or technological knowhow that allows someone else to elucidate whatever it is that those looking can identify with.

Making sense of anything or ‘telling it how it is’ isn’t leadership. No matter how charismatic, credible or appealing the speaker may be.

Well intended or not, if those gaining such followings do not possess greater levels of experience, knowledge or understanding than anyone else, even if what they know and understand may be different, they are not offering anyone the meaningful change that those following them may consciously be seeking, and almost certainly not the change that everyone genuinely needs.

Whether they are Youtubers, TikTokers, Podcasters, Videobloggers, Journalists, Activists or even alternative Politicians and their Political Parties; it doesn’t matter who they are and what message they are sharing if what they are offering isn’t going to genuinely help anyone but themselves.

The Common Ground Conundrum

If you’ve reached this point in Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow, you are also likely to have read all of the points that have been listed above and considered them closely enough to realise that many of them could be applied to more than one or perhaps all the different scenarios and timelines.

In context, this could mean that the way we feel about something could be the same across any or all of those timelines or scenarios.

However, the reasons that we feel that way – either because of the cause itself or just because of the way we are interpreting what we are experiencing may be very different – with it just being the end or perceived result which appears to be the same.

Pick and Mix

Thinking about the different mix or wider range of views that we all have, of the way that the world works today is a minefield for many reasons.

However, it is the reality that close study of all the scenarios or timelines that are featured here will allow any one of us to pick up a point or points that we recognise from one and then replace it within the past and present of what could be any one of the others.

Indeed, if we are not aware of which scenario or timeline we typically share with others, it is not only possible, but almost certain that we will superimpose points from other ways of viewing the world into our own.

Both Things Can Be True

This is where things begin to get a little bizarre and more difficult to think about. Because we have a tendency to believe that only one version of events can ever be true.

Or at least that’s certainly the case where the past is concerned.

One of the reasons that the different elements of the alternative timelines or scenarios have been presented in the way that they have been, is because some and indeed many of them could be and are applicable to the different timelines and scenarios that we share with others. Because none of us typically belong to just one group in everything we think, experience, see, say or do.

Please remember that at the end of the day, the truth for every person is the same from their own perspective. That means the truth is whatever is true to you. And it’s the same for everyone else too.

Splitting Timelines

If you’ve kept up with the content of Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow this far, you will probably not be surprised to learn that what happens next or where we go from here does in fact all boil down to choice.

Narratives such as ‘The Great Reset’ or ‘Great Awakening’ have been created by both malevolent and by well-meaning people. But the outcomes from running towards or away from them or indeed anything like them will inevitably become the same.

By buying into, adhering to or actively trying to repel or work against narratives that have been created by anyone or anything that appears to be outside of us, we are actually embracing the restrictions and controls of the environment or plans of equally problematic futures to the one(s) that we would all now like to replace.

For our decisions to be effective and for them to have meaning for us they must be made consciously and for the right reasons.  Not just once, but every single time.

If you or anyone wants to experience a future where you or they are in control of the life being experienced and for it to be balanced, just and fair, it is necessary to make decisions that reflect this each and every time.

Even if there is an event or series of events that make life as we know it impossible to continue, it will remain necessary for each of us to choose a better way of life and living from that moment in time, in ways that may seem very much at odds with what this would mean to us in the way we would understand it in life today.

By pausing to ask ourselves how our next choice or decision will affect others, whether they are present or not, or how it will impact on anything beyond ourselves, we will immediately be on a pathway to change. IF we make a decision that is considerate of the impact or consequences for everyone and everything – and we are making that decision based upon doing the right thing.

The commonality of the sleepwalking masses

There are likely to have been many different points, paragraphs or passages in this Book that will make many feel prickly, in some way.

One of them will probably have been Experience 4: ‘sleepwalking’, which in the sense presented in that Chapter may be interpreted as being very specific.

However, the term ‘sleepwalking’, like many of the points themselves can and probably should be applied in a broader or more objective way.

When we step up to the level beyond the scenarios and timelines listed, it can also be argued that the combined masses are sleepwalking through life without any real understanding of what is going on around them. Or rather what is being done to them. Which in itself leads to the formation of a very clear perspective of life or world view.

I’m deliberately flagging the sleepwalking concept or idea, not only as a scenario /timeline and common theme, but also as a shared experience at a greater level. Because there are very few of us, no matter the perceptions or life experiences that we are currently sharing, who don’t have an awakening of some kind ahead of us, that we cannot avoid.

None of us knows everything. So even if the only thing that we don’t know is the future – because that hasn’t been experienced by any of us, it means that we are going to have to wake up to the truth that the future or rather our future, is going to look very different to what any of us currently expect.

To Awaken or To Not Awaken: without Awakening, there will never be any choice

To put it bluntly:

If we are not aware of anything, it is not within our awareness and we are as such, not awakened to it.

Whilst the term ‘to awaken’ is not only misused and is often applied to describe the perceptual location of others by People who really should know better – because they are often somewhat less than ‘fully aware’ of everything themselves; awakening or waking up to new truths and realities is definitely the next step for anyone who wants to experience and share a better life for all.

However, raising awareness, awakening or waking up is only the first step in the process of change. Because we all have the option to consciously remain in the scenario or timeline that we are currently in.

It is fair to say that some people like the elites themselves, most certainly are aware of where they are and are deliberately choosing to stay put. Even though they may have zero understanding of what the wider consequences of doing so for them really are.

Everything, even down to what you do next after reading this sentence, comes down to a choice.

Some of the most important choices – the right or correct choices – require that we take a leap of faith. Simply because they require that we step into a future that isn’t represented by or seems conversant with anything we already know.

The Choice

If any of us want to keep parts of the life that we have, or are fearful of losing anything that we believe that we own, possess or is something that is outside of us that ‘makes us who we are’, the chances are that we will already be suggesting to ourselves and anyone asking, that we wish to remain exactly where we are, maintaining the experience that we believe we having.

Or rather, we wish to remain on the timeline or within the scenario that we recognise and in which we appear to be.

However, if we can accept that the timeline or scenario and everything that we understand about it or that is within we are experiencing it isn’t serving either our own higher good, or that of anyone else, we are already in a position where we can consider and hopefully will find ourselves ready to make the choice.

The choice we have is to leave the money-centric, top-down/hierarchical, ‘self-orientated’ or ‘selfish’ paradigm behind, and embrace and do everything to help implement a people-centric paradigm that is all about life revolving around the locality, community and environment which we live in, experience and can literally reach out and touch every day.

Finding Common Ground

One of the hardest factors to work through within the age, scenario or timeline that any of us find ourselves on today, is that the world has been pushing us all to think of ourselves as being separate from others and alone, increasingly for a considerable period of time.

The mechanics of this process are not the most important issue for us in difficult times.

However, the fact that we so often see anyone and everyone who disagrees with us over perhaps just the smallest issue that we are emotionally tied to, does mean that more often than not, we are then blinded to the commonality that we share with so many others, in so many different things.

Being open to the differences, viewpoints and perceptions that we all have and seeing them not as a reason for dispute or anger, but as the opportunity to learn, understand and perhaps even broaden our own knowledge and perspective on anything or everything is not just a way of helping us to make life easier for ourselves as well as others.

It also opens us up to the possibility of identifying the genuine common ground between us all that will lead to us uncovering, creating, agreeing and implementing the solutions that are going to benefit each and every one of us as we step into the future and what lies ahead of us too.

What does all of this really mean to you?

More Reading

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow wasn’t written in isolation and may be the final book in a series that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022.

Each of the following list of Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete Books for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Back Page

How do you look at the world?

How is your view of the world different to other people?

What will tomorrow look like based on the view of the world you have today?

Would you change the way you view the world if you understood the difference between your view, other people’s views and what they could really mean?

These are all very important questions that most of us are typically too busy or distracted to even consider, let alone ask.

However, the consequences of us not doing so could be very profound, as the future will just happen to us unless we do so

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow invites you to consider a range of the different prevailing ways that people look at today’s world. How they came into being, and what – without change – they are likely to bring into our lives for our tomorrows.

Will you recognise yourself and what your beliefs today could bring to your future experiences?

Will you be happy with everything you believe?

Will you see your own perspective as very different?

Or will you choose to step forward into the future armed with the tools and power for change?